Annual Reviews home
0
Skip to content
  • For Librarians & Agents
  • For Authors
  • Knowable Magazine
  • Institutional Login
  • Login
  • Register
  • Activate
  • 0 Cart
  • Help
Annual Reviews home
  • JOURNALS A-Z
    • Analytical Chemistry
    • Animal Biosciences
    • Anthropology
    • Astronomy and Astrophysics
    • Biochemistry
    • Biomedical Data Science
    • Biomedical Engineering
    • Biophysics
    • Cancer Biology
    • Cell and Developmental Biology
    • Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering
    • Clinical Psychology
    • Computer Science
    • Condensed Matter Physics
    • Control, Robotics, and Autonomous Systems
    • Criminology
    • Developmental Psychology
    • Earth and Planetary Sciences
    • Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics
    • Economics
    • Entomology
    • Environment and Resources
    • Financial Economics
    • Fluid Mechanics
    • Food Science and Technology
    • Genetics
    • Genomics and Human Genetics
    • Immunology
    • Law and Social Science
    • Linguistics
    • Marine Science
    • Materials Research
    • Medicine
    • Microbiology
    • Neuroscience
    • Nuclear and Particle Science
    • Nutrition
    • Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior
    • Pathology: Mechanisms of Disease
    • Pharmacology and Toxicology
    • Physical Chemistry
    • Physiology
    • Phytopathology
    • Plant Biology
    • Political Science
    • Psychology
    • Public Health
    • Resource Economics
    • Sociology
    • Statistics and Its Application
    • Virology
    • Vision Science
    • Article Collections
    • Events
    • Shot of Science
  • JOURNAL INFO
    • Copyright & Permissions
    • Add To Your Course Reader
    • Expected Publication Dates
    • Impact Factor Rankings
    • Access Metadata
    • RSS Feeds
  • PRICING & SUBSCRIPTIONS
    • General Ordering Info
    • Online Activation Instructions
    • Personal Pricing
    • Institutional Pricing
    • Society Partnerships
  •     S2O    
  •     GIVE    
  • ABOUT
    • What We Do
    • Founder & History
    • Our Team
    • Careers
    • Press Center
    • Events
    • News
    • Global Access
    • Directory
    • Help/FAQs
    • Contact Us
  • Home >
  • Annual Review of Environment and Resources >
  • Volume 43, 2018 >
  • Dietz, pp 455-480
  • Save
  • Email
  • Share

The Economics of 1.5°C Climate Change

  • Home
  • Annual Review of Environment and Resources
  • Volume 43, 2018
  • Dietz, pp 455-480
  • Facebook
  • Twitter
  • LinkedIn
Download PDF

The Economics of 1.5°C Climate Change

Annual Review of Environment and Resources

Vol. 43:455-480 (Volume publication date October 2018)
First published as a Review in Advance on September 5, 2018
https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-environ-102017-025817

Simon Dietz,1,2 Alex Bowen,1 Baran Doda,1 Ajay Gambhir,3 and Rachel Warren4

1ESRC Centre for Climate Change Economics and Policy and Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment, London School of Economics and Political Science, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]

2Department of Geography and Environment, London School of Economics and Political Science, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom

3Grantham Institute for Climate Change and the Environment, Imperial College London, London SW7 2AZ, United Kingdom

4Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, School of Environmental Sciences, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom

Download PDF Article Metrics
  • Reprints
  • Erratum

Copyright © 2018 Simon Dietz et al. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. See credit lines of images or other third party material in this article for license information.
  • Download Citation
  • Citation Alerts
Sections
  • Abstract
  • Keywords
  • INTRODUCTION
  • THE BENEFITS OF LIMITING WARMING TO 1.5°C
  • THE COST OF ACHIEVING 1.5°C
  • CARBON DIOXIDE REMOVAL AND SOLAR RADIATION MANAGEMENT TO LIMIT WARMING TO 1.5°C
  • IMPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION POLICY
  • CONCLUSIONS
  • SUMMARY POINTS
  • FUTURE ISSUES
  • disclosure statement
  • acknowledgments
  • literature cited
image

Abstract

The economic case for limiting warming to 1.5°C is unclear, due to manifold uncertainties. However, it cannot be ruled out that the 1.5°C target passes a cost-benefit test. Costs are almost certainly high: The median global carbon price in 1.5°C scenarios implemented by various energy models is more than US$100 per metric ton of CO2 in 2020, for example. Benefits estimates range from much lower than this to much higher. Some of these uncertainties may reduce in the future, raising the question of how to hedge in the near term. Maintaining an option on limiting warming to 1.5°C means targeting it now. Setting off with higher emissions will make 1.5°C unattainable quickly without recourse to expensive large-scale carbon dioxide removal (CDR), or solar radiation management (SRM), which can be cheap but poses ambiguous risks society seems unwilling to take. Carbon pricing could reduce mitigation costs substantially compared with ramping up the current patchwork of regulatory instruments. Nonetheless, a mix of policies is justified and technology-specific approaches may be required. It is particularly important to step up mitigation finance to developing countries, where emissions abatement is relatively cheap.

Keywords

1.5°C target, carbon price, climate change, cost-benefit analysis, deep decarbonization, Paris Agreement

1. INTRODUCTION

The 2015 Paris Agreement, in pursuit of the objectives of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), aimed toward “[h]olding the increase in the global average temperature to well below 2°C above preindustrial levels and pursuing efforts to limit the temperature increase to 1.5°C above preindustrial levels” (Article 2; see https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/frameworks/parisagreement). Previously, in Copenhagen in 2009 and Cancun in 2010, the agreement was simply to hold warming below 2°C; as such, the Paris Agreement implies an increase in ambition, albeit the wording affords 1.5°C aspirational status.

From an economist's point of view, there is an obvious question to ask of the 1.5°C warming target, in relation to other warming targets: Is it efficient, in the sense of increasing welfare? In more straightforward terms, will the benefits to society of limiting warming to 1.5°C exceed the costs? This is the primary focus of our article. However, we should point out that there are other approaches to evaluating the 1.5°C target that could substitute for, or complement, cost-benefit analysis (CBA), including multi-criteria decision analysis, the precautionary principle, and human rights, to name but a few (see 1 for a review in the context of climate change).

It is not easy to provide a clear answer to the question of whether the benefits of the 1.5°C target exceed the costs, for two basic reasons. The first is uncertainty about the costs and benefits of mitigating climate change (2–4). This uncertainty is particularly acute when it comes to evaluating the 1.5°C target. Estimates of the cost of meeting the 1.5°C target are just beginning to emerge. And whether one tackles the question by estimating the net benefits of allowing a further 0.5°C warming beyond the 1°C that the planet has already warmed, or by estimating the net benefits of reducing warming by 0.5°C below 2°C, the signal is likely to be small in relation to the noise of the climate system (5)—and the economy for that matter. The second reason is that CBA of climate change is contentious. The opposing views of Stern (6) and Nordhaus (7) exemplify this well, although the literature has become large and the debating points more numerous (8). CBA of climate change requires a series of methodological choices to be made, some of which have an ethical or otherwise philosophical character (9, 10), where economics can provide limited guidance.

Therefore, we mostly refrain from undertaking a formal CBA of the 1.5°C target, using a cost-benefit integrated assessment model (IAM) (11–16). Rather, we use the basic principles of CBA to structure this article into, firstly, an assessment of the benefits of limiting warming to 1.5°C, usually in natural rather than monetary units, and, secondly, an assessment of the costs of doing so, where monetary units are more straightforward. The reference point is typically the 2°C target.

Nonetheless, some of the contentious methodological choices in CBA are still relevant, because they determine the weight that we place on different kinds of benefits and costs, and different benefits/costs occurring in different places, at different times and with different probabilities. They are inescapable, whether or not the comparison of benefits and costs is formalized.

The most famous debate is probably about the appropriate discount rate to apply to future benefits/costs (6, 17, 18). A higher discount rate favors smaller reductions in greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by placing lower weight on future benefits/costs. Although the costs of reducing emissions tend to be front-loaded, the benefits accrue mainly in the future, due to the long residence time of CO2 in the atmosphere. Therefore, a high discount rate would count against the 1.5°C target.

Another choice is how to aggregate benefits/costs accruing to individuals living in different places. It may be that a relatively small proportion of the world's population would enjoy large net benefits from limiting warming to 1.5°C. This is of course an empirical question that the remainder of the article tackles, but some aspects of the climate negotiations indeed suggest it; the 1.5°C target was advocated above all by small island developing states (SIDS) (19, 20). Insofar as a policy provides concentrated net benefits to relatively few, these will tend to be outweighed by net costs to the majority. However, recently, “prioritarian” approaches have been proposed (21–23), which place greater weight on those with lower levels of utility/wellbeing, itself proportional to income.1 If these individuals enjoy large net benefits from limiting warming to 1.5°C, the cost-benefit logic could be overturned.

A third methodological choice is how to treat uncertainty. There are at least two facets to this large topic. One is the prospect of learning about benefits/costs and reducing uncertainty over time. Could we not learn then act, rather than acting before learning? This boils down to what the appropriate near-term hedging strategy is with respect to GHG emissions, while we wait to find out more about benefits/costs. Such a strategy will generally maintain option value by avoiding making irreversible decisions (24, 25), but both GHG emissions and investments to reduce them are partly irreversible (26). Consequently, the evidence on whether it is better to act then learn or vice versa is ambiguous (27, 28), but if GHG emissions significantly increase the risk of catastrophic climate impacts, then the hedging strategy is likely to entail deep emissions cuts in the near term (29, 30). Alternatively, if we pose the problem in terms of which of a range of temperature targets to hit (31), and that range includes 1.5°C, then irreversibility may give us no choice but to aim toward 1.5°C; otherwise, the possibility will be permanently eliminated, save for large-scale carbon dioxide removal (CDR) or solar radiation management (SRM).

The other aspect of uncertainty is whether it can be reduced to risk, i.e., whether each possible future state of the world can be assigned a unique, precise probability. Most research on acting versus learning does so. However, it has been argued that risk is not a good characterization of our knowledge about climate change; rather, we have at best imprecise estimates of these probabilities, which is uncertainty in the Knightian sense (32) and is often described in economics as a situation of ambiguity (33, 34). Recent contributions stress that this is an additional justification for strong climate policy (35–37). The reason is that ambiguity about the impacts of GHG emissions increases ambiguity about future incomes, and ambiguity-averse decision makers would prefer to reduce this uncertainty, which appears to be achieved by cutting GHG emissions. One of the primary sources of ambiguity about the impacts of GHG emissions is the possible existence of tipping elements in the climate system (38, 39). Insofar as limiting warming to 1.5°C avoids triggering damaging, large-scale climate discontinuities, ambiguity aversion may favor the 1.5°C target. Of course, this is also an empirical question we address in the review. In addition, ambiguity aversion is particularly relevant when considering the benefits/costs of relying on SRM to limit warming to 1.5°C.

Lastly, limiting warming to 1.5°C might provide particularly large benefits to natural ecosystems. Estimating the value of these benefits in terms of social welfare is notoriously difficult, as markets, which could be used to reveal the strength of preferences via prices, are usually missing. Such benefits are beyond the scope of CBA as originally envisaged, although there is a large body of work in environmental valuation that tries to estimate them (40). Recent work has also emphasized that if natural ecosystem services become relatively scarce in comparison with material goods, then conserving them via limiting warming should be afforded higher value (41, 42).

The rest of the article is structured as follows. Sections 2 and 3 survey the literature on the benefits and costs, respectively, of the 1.5°C target. Limiting warming to just 1.5°C raises questions about the desirability of geo-engineering technologies (i.e., CDR and SRM). Section 4 discusses these. Limiting warming to 1.5°C also poses many challenging questions of public policy; economics has some important insights to contribute, which are the subject of Section 5. Section 6 concludes by pulling together the analyses of benefits/costs.

2. THE BENEFITS OF LIMITING WARMING TO 1.5°C

This section focuses on the benefits of limiting warming to 1.5°C compared with 2°C, in both human systems and ecosystems. We consider both managed and unmanaged ecosystems. An emerging literature is beginning to quantify these benefits in a variety of metrics, using deterministic models that often account for uncertainty in regional climate-change projections. The focus here is on the global scale. We highlight some key regional benefits, but our intention is not to provide a comprehensive regional analysis, which is in any case infeasible at present, given the available literature. This review does not include the possible environmental side effects of mitigation itself. For example, large-scale bioenergy with carbon capture and storage (BECCS), based on dedicated secondary biofuel plantations, could lead to further exceedance of the Earth's planetary boundaries for biogeochemical flows, biosphere integrity, and land use and would be close to exceeding the planetary boundary for freshwater use (43).2

Recent studies using different approaches project that the Arctic Ocean will become ice-free in the summer under 2°C warming, whereas if warming is limited to 1.5°C then ice will persist through the summer in most years (44–47). This has important implications for Inuit culture and species such as polar bears, walruses, and seabirds, which are dependent on sea ice for their survival (48). Limiting warming to 1.5°C would also reduce the positive temperature feedback that would come from changing albedo associated with reduced ice extent. These studies improve on earlier projections of Arctic sea ice extent, which were inconsistent with recent observations of declining summer sea ice (49).

Limiting warming to 1.5°C would also avoid the melting of an estimated 2 million km2 of permafrost, relative to 2°C (50). Thus, it would significantly reduce damages to Arctic ecosystems, buildings, and infrastructure (48), as well as avoid significant releases of carbon to the atmosphere, which would further accelerate warming otherwise (51).

The risk of triggering irreversible melting of the Greenland or Antarctic ice sheets, key tipping points in the global climate system, is lower under 1.5°C warming than 2°C, but the literature cannot definitively say whether such melting would be triggered at either level of warming. For instance, the trigger point for the Greenland ice sheet is thought to lie between 0.8°C and 3.2°C (52, 53). Reducing these risks would lower the rate of sea level rise in the near term, as well as the future magnitude of sea level rise over the next several millennia. Complete melting of both ice sheets is projected to result in an eventual sea level rise of 18 m.

Sea level rise in 2100 is projected to be approximately 0.1 m less and 30% slower (4.0–4.6 mm/year compared with 5.6 mm/year) if warming is constrained to 1.5°C compared with 2°C (46, 54–56), with a corresponding reduction in the global area of land lost to inundation (an estimated 87,000 km2 under 2°C, compared with 73,000 km2 under 1.5°C). In turn this is estimated to reduce the number of people exposed to coastal flooding annually by 5 million by 2050 [including 40,000 fewer in SIDS (55)] and 8 million by 2100 (57). In particular, the frequency of coastal floods in the Eastern United States and in Europe is projected to be approximately 50% lower under 1.5°C compared with 2°C (55). Projections also discern lower flood risk in the vulnerable Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna delta by the 2040s on a 1.5°C pathway (58).

The 30% slower rate of sea level rise associated with 1.5°C warming significantly reduces losses of natural wetlands and human systems to the sea, because natural sedimentation rates are able to offset more of the sea level rise. The projected rate of sea level rise is the factor that determines the rate of loss of saltmarshes: Approximately 60% loss of global saltmarsh has been projected (59) for a rate of sea level rise of 4.4 mm/year. Avoiding faster sea level rise associated with 2°C warming is thus projected to be critical for preserving saltmarsh globally, as well as reducing the risk of mangrove losses. Both saltmarsh and mangroves protect coastlines from the damaging effects of storm surges.

Under 1.5°C warming, the risks to coral reefs are already very high, with an estimated 90% of reefs potentially at risk by 2050 (albeit allowing some recovery to ∼70% persistence by 2100). In contrast, it is projected that ∼99% of reefs will be eliminated by 2100 under 2°C warming (56, 60). Ocean acidification would be lower under 1.5°C warming, reducing risks to pteropods and bivalves, as well as coral reefs. More generally, limiting warming to 1.5°C would also reduce risks to krill and fish. Risks to low-latitude fisheries due to climate change are already significant, and Cheung et al. (61) estimated that the potential global marine fishery catch will decline by more than 3 million metric tons per additional degree of warming. Lotze et al. (62) estimate corresponding declines of 5% in global fish biomass and fisheries production per degree of warming. Taken together, limiting warming to 1.5°C compared with 2°C would reduce the risks to the organisms underpinning the marine food chain and upon which the survival of cetaceans, seabirds, fisheries, and aquaculture depend.

Global and regional studies indicate substantially lower risks of temperature-related mortality under 1.5°C warming compared with 2°C (63, 64). The geographical area exposed to heat-stress-related risks is also projected to be smaller (65). Human exposure to heat waves in the Shared Socioeconomic Pathway scenario 2 (SSP2) would be reduced by a mean of 62% (range 61–63%) by 2100 (66). These benefits are larger than the disbenefits associated with reductions in cold-related mortality. Worker productivity is projected to be reduced more and more with increased warming (67), particularly in Southeast Asia. Several vector-borne diseases are expected to expand geographically as the planet warms, including dengue fever and Lyme disease (68, 69). The distribution of other vector-borne diseases, such as malaria, is projected to change, with risk increasing in some areas and decreasing in others (57).

Several studies that quantify impacts on water resources under 1.5°C warming find significant benefits relative to 2°C. Extensive benefits are projected for half the terrestrial land surface that is drylands, in terms of avoiding reduced runoff (70). With 2°C global warming, aridification beyond what is expected due to natural climate variability is projected to emerge in an estimated 24–32% of the global land area. Under 1.5°C global warming, the area affected would be reduced by approximately two-thirds (71). Other examples of quantified global-scale benefits in 2100 include 180–274 million fewer people exposed to an increase in water scarcity (72) [a related study estimates this to be a reduction from 8% to 4% of the global population exposed, with greater than 50% confidence (73)] and a 25% reduction in freshwater stress in SIDS (74). By the end of the century, drought exposure is also projected to be reduced by an estimated 39% (range 36–51%) globally (66), with extreme drought exposure reduced by an estimated 25% (57), the greatest benefits being in the Mediterranean, Southern Africa, and Northeast Brazil (75–77). In the Mediterranean, water availability is projected to fall by 17% (range 8–28%) under 2°C warming, but by only 9% (range 4.5–15.5%) under 1.5°C warming (56). Declining water quality can often accompany declines in streamflow, leading to adverse ecological effects.

As the planet warms, it is projected that some regions will experience decreases in precipitation while others experience increases, with more of the rain falling in extreme precipitation events, increasing the risk of flooding. At 1.5°C warming, changes in annual stream flow exceeding 10% are estimated to affect 15% of the global land area, compared with 27% at 2°C (75). Limiting warming to 1.5°C is also projected to reduce flood risk at the global scale. It has been estimated that 1.5°C warming will result in a 100% increase in the global population exposed to fluvial flood risk, compared with 170% under 2°C, assuming constant population (78). Other studies suggest that if warming is constrained to 1.5°C rather than 2°C, the population exposed to fluvial flood risk by 2100 will be reduced by 36–46% (66) or 55–62% (57).3 The global land area exposed to increases in 7-day high flows would be reduced from 21% to 11% (75).

Climate change is projected to change the geographical distribution of major terrestrial biomes and individual species. Limiting warming to 1.5°C may halve the number of plants and animals that will lose more than half their range, compared with 2°C, and it may reduce by two-thirds the number of insects that will lose more than half their range, again compared with 2°C (79). Limiting warming to 1.5°C would also reduce biome shifts (80), with 13% (range 8–20%) of biomes transforming at 2.5°C warming, but only 4% (range 2–7%) doing so at 1.0°C, suggesting 7–8% may be transformed at 1.5°C. The slower rates of regional climate change associated with 1.5°C pathways would also allow ecosystems and species, in particular mammals, birds, and some insects such as butterflies, a greater chance to adapt through natural processes of dispersal (81). Warming has already increased fire frequency and is projected to progressively increase fire risk (82) as global temperatures rise to 1.2°C and beyond, including in North America (83). Increased fire risk, in combination with increases in storminess and the geographic spread of pests and diseases, increases the risk of forest dieback. Limiting warming would also reduce the potential for climatic mismatch between predators and their prey, or plants and their pollinators (81), resulting in a greater proportion of terrestrial ecosystem functioning and services being maintained under 1.5°C compared with 2°C. Risks to terrestrial biodiversity hotspots, including the Fynbos, Namib-Karoo-Karooveld, Madagascar, African Rift Lakes, and Coastal East Africa (79, 84), decrease strongly as warming is reduced. An almost linear relationship between warming and species extirpation risks in plants and animals has been found between 2°C and 4°C warming. Hence, risks of extirpation, and potentially therefore extinction, would be expected to be lower if warming is limited to 1.5°C rather than 2°C. Risks of the commitment of species to extinction have previously been shown to increase with warming (85).

Climate change is already affecting crop yields, with more negative impacts than positive ones, and with the positive impacts being predominantly at high latitudes (86). As the climate warms to 1.5°C and 2°C, the number of negative impacts is expected to rise, and to become predominant in most world regions, although positive effects could still be seen in some regions if CO2 fertilization occurs (87, 88). However, the CO2 fertilization effect is very uncertain and may be offset by declines in the protein content of crops, or damage from tropospheric ozone (86). The impacts are projected to be greatest in tropical regions, where crops are grown closer to their thermal limits. In particular, limiting warming to 1.5°C compared with 2°C is projected to lower the risks to crop production in Sub-Saharan Africa, West Africa, Southeast Asia, and North, Central, and South America (56, 57, 89), including low-income countries at low latitudes (90). In particular, maize impacts are projected to be widespread, and limiting warming to 1.5°C would be beneficial for maize grown in drylands, which occupy half the terrestrial land surface (70).

Overall, limiting warming to 1.5°C compared with 2°C would have significant benefits in both human and natural systems, including both terrestrial and marine ecosystems and the services they provide. In particular, it would be expected to retain Arctic summer sea ice, protect 2 million km2 of permafrost, allow some coral reefs to survive, and prevent a significant portion of the increase in extreme weather events such as heatwaves, floods, and droughts. Significant reductions in risk are projected for water resources, agriculture, human health, and infrastructure. In ecosystems, risks to terrestrial species would be greatly reduced, with a projected 50% reduction in local extirpation, and marine ecosystems would be significantly healthier as well. Taken together, this means that both human livelihoods and ecosystem services will be significantly greater in a 1.5°C world than in a 2°C world.

3. THE COST OF ACHIEVING 1.5°C

Mitigation assessments tend to focus on the maximum cumulative CO2 that can be emitted while limiting warming to a given level (with specified probability or risk tolerance)—the carbon budget. This is made easier by the approximately linear relationship between cumulative CO2 and warming (91–93). The focus on CO2 is justified by the long-lived nature of atmospheric CO2 and its dominance in total GHG emissions (94). However, there are different measures of a carbon budget, depending on whether it is measured along an emissions path that exceeds the temperature target as well as on the degree of warming that results from non-CO2 GHGs and other climate forcers, such as aerosols (95).

The first consideration has given rise to two measures of a carbon budget: the threshold exceedance budget (TEB), measured up to the time the temperature limit is exceeded (95), and the threshold avoidance budget (TAB), for a specified time period over which the temperature limit is never exceeded (95). A further measure that has been discussed is the overshoot net carbon budget, which is the net cumulative CO2 to the point where a temperature target has been restored (having been exceeded) as a result of emissions removals (96). Hence, the TEB and overshoot net carbon budget are associated with temperature pathways that overshoot the target, whereas the TAB is associated with pathways that do not. The second consideration gives rise to measures of the carbon budget with different warming contributions from non-CO2 GHGs, the extreme case including CO2 only.

In addition to these two considerations, the remaining carbon budget compatible with 1.5°C is affected by climate uncertainties. One is around the linear relationship between cumulative CO2 and warming, termed the Transient Climate Response to Cumulative Carbon Emissions (TCRE). The TCRE likely (i.e., with >66% probability) falls in the range 0.8–2.5°C per 3,660 GtCO2 (94). Another uncertainty stems from the disparity between recent observed warming and warming projected by climate models (97). Previous carbon budget estimates have been based on climate models.

Nonetheless, the remaining budget for 1.5°C is likely to be very small. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change's (IPCC's) Fifth Assessment Report indicates that (based on a TCRE of 1.6°C) the TEB for limiting warming to 1.5°C for >66% of model simulations is 400 GtCO2 from 2011, some 600 GtCO2 (60%) below the equivalent 2°C budget (94). However, more recent estimates have put a rather higher number on the 1.5°C TEB, up to 900–1,000 GtCO2 from 2011, for >66% of model simulations (97, 98).

The lower 1.5°C carbon budget necessitates faster and deeper decarbonization of the global economy. Annual CO2 emissions in scenarios that limit end-of-century warming to 1.5°C (with 50% probability) reach net zero between 2045 and 2060, 10–20 years before scenarios that limit warming to 2°C (with >66% probability) (99). This requires much more rapid emissions reductions in the 1.5°C scenarios, at 2.0–2.8%/year over the period 2010–2050, compared with 1.2–1.8%/year for 2°C scenarios. Emissions reductions over a decade or more at this rate have been achieved at the country scale, but largely as a side effect of policies to reduce dependence on oil rather than reducing CO2 (100). The most rapid of these was in Sweden, with a linear 3%/year emissions reduction from 1974 to 1984 (101).

All of the aforementioned 1.5°C scenarios overshoot the target before returning to it by 2100. In addition, the majority of scenarios see significant emissions reductions starting from 2010, which has not happened (102). If global mitigation efforts are consistent with the current Paris pledges to 2030, then even a 5% annual rate of decarbonization post-2030 would provide less than a 5% probability of keeping warming below 1.5°C (103). Finally, they rely heavily on negative emissions technologies such as BECCS to remove atmospheric CO2 at a scale, which achieves net negative emissions in the second half of the century. Disallowing negative emissions also increases required rates of decarbonization in the models.

For non-CO2 gases, analysis suggests that, on the one hand, there is little additional mitigation in 1.5°C scenarios compared with 2°C scenarios, since most available measures are already used up in 2°C scenarios, given their relatively low cost (104, 105). On the other hand, there appears to be considerable additional potential compared with what has been implemented in the available energy systems models (106).

The more rapid decarbonization in the 1.5°C scenarios is driven by greater energy demand reductions (through increased energy efficiency) in the buildings, industry, and transport sectors, faster decarbonization of the power sector, and more significant deployment of negative emissions technologies (primarily BECCS) (99, 107). Figure 1 compares the 2050 values of 10 key metrics for the energy system under 1.5°C and 2°C scenarios, drawing on a range of scenarios published in recent years. Figure 1a shows the increased role of carbon capture and storage (CCS) in fossil-fuel usage, the increased deployment of BECCS, and increased electrification in the buildings, transport, and industry sectors. Figure 1b shows decreased energy demand in the buildings, transport, and industry sectors, the lower carbon intensity of electricity and the reduced share of fossil fuels in primary energy. Although the faster decarbonization to limit warming to 1.5°C results in a speedier transformation of the whole energy system, certain sectors are particularly affected. As Figure 1 shows, there is relatively little change in the CO2 intensity of electricity generation, as well as in the share of BECCS in total primary energy. By contrast, the energy end-use sectors see more significant changes when going from 2°C to 1.5°C, particularly buildings (through decreased energy demand) and transport (through reduced energy demand and increased electrification).

figure
Figure 1 

Carbon prices are consistently higher in 1.5°C scenarios. As Figure 2 shows, the median global carbon price from a range of 1.5°C scenarios is $85/tCO2 in 2020. This is in 2005 prices; adjusting for inflation it amounts to $105/tCO2 in 2018 prices. The median carbon price rises to $145/tCO2 in 2030, and by 2100 it is almost $4,500/tCO2 (both in 2005 prices).4 It is approximately three times higher than the 2°C scenarios’ median carbon price throughout the century. In addition, in the last two decades of the century the median carbon price in the 1.5°C scenarios increases at more than $1,000/tCO2/decade, a signpost of extreme challenge in achieving the low-carbon transition (108, 109). Figure 2 also makes clear the large uncertainties associated with deep decarbonization, especially to limit warming to 1.5°C. These uncertainties have many sources, including boundary assumptions about economic and population growth, energy and resource efficiency, and policy (110), as well as different views about the marginal costs of emissions reductions, the degree of substitutability of producers’ inputs and households’ consumption items, the determinants of technological progress, the drivers of investment, and how to set carbon prices over time (111).

figure
Figure 2 

In the near term (over the period 2010–2030), 1.5°C mitigation costs are estimated to be approximately 150% higher than 2°C costs, with longer-term (2010–2100) costs approximately 50% higher (99). These differentials reduce annual GDP growth by an average of approximately 0.04 percentage points per year over the period 2010–2100, compared with 2°C scenarios, which have average growth of 2.20%/year (112). More stringent scenarios will also require greater investment, as demonstrated by the International Energy Agency's “66% 2°C” scenario, which requires 25% higher investment in energy supply and demand technologies to 2050, compared with a New Policies Scenario in line with current Paris pledges (113).

The additional costs of the 1.5°C scenarios are felt through marginally higher electricity prices by 2030 (99), but a detailed analysis of other sectoral and regional cost differences remains to be undertaken. As has been demonstrated for 2°C scenarios (100, 108, 109), delayed mitigation is likely to increase costs, as is globally fragmented action (114). Analysis of 2°C scenarios also suggests that different regions could face different mitigation costs, with fossil-fuel exporters [Middle East OPEC (Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries), Russia, and Former Soviet States of Central Asia] particularly affected (114), whereas global carbon trading regimes could help lower overall mitigation costs by more than 50% compared with no-trade regimes (115).

The more rapid decarbonization required by 1.5°C scenarios is likely to result in a faster realization of air quality benefits from reduced local pollutants. The value of such benefits has been estimated to be in the range of $2–196/tCO2 (mean $49/tCO2), with the highest benefits in developing countries (116). Strategies to decarbonize the power sector based on wind and solar power are particularly beneficial in terms of reduced air and water pollution, whereas biomass has a substantial land footprint and higher local environmental impacts than other renewables (99, 107).

Analysis of low-carbon pathways has been dominated by the use of energy systems models, and this discussion has been no exception. However, these models have been criticized on several grounds, including a lack of transparency regarding input assumptions, particularly on technology costs (117); out-of-date technology cost projections, such as on solar photovoltaics and electric vehicles (118, 119); a lack of representation of real-world technology innovation processes (120); and a relative lack of focus on energy demand-side technologies and measures (121). In addition, their reliance on negative emissions technologies to meet very stringent mitigation goals has been called into question (122). Each of these limitations could have a significant impact on technology portfolios and mitigation cost estimates. Nonetheless, the models provide a useful, structured method to assess technological possibilities to meet stringent climate targets using known or feasible future technologies, and—when combined with other methods of scenario analysis such as sector-specific models—they can provide important insights into the dynamics of the required energy system transition.

4. CARBON DIOXIDE REMOVAL AND SOLAR RADIATION MANAGEMENT TO LIMIT WARMING TO 1.5°C

A central message from Section 3 is that keeping emissions within a 1.5°C budget is significantly costlier than an equivalent 2°C budget. This high cost has redoubled interest in alternatives to conventional mitigation involving large-scale interventions in the Earth system. These alternatives are collectively known as geo-engineering and are typically grouped into two broad categories; CDR and SRM. As its name suggests, CDR works by directly reducing the atmospheric GHG concentration, whereas SRM operates on the planet's energy balance between incoming shortwave and outgoing longwave radiation.

Both techniques have been the subject of reviews from natural science (123–126) and economics (127, 128) perspectives. The main CDR and SRM techniques are listed on the right side of Figure 3. Rather than reviewing them individually, we structure our review around the high-level characterization that Keith et al. (129) provide. Specifically, SRM is cheap and fast-acting, but targets only one symptom of global climate change, namely, increasing temperatures (e.g., it does not target ocean acidification). In contrast, CDR is expensive and slow-acting, but it addresses the root cause of the problem, namely, the high GHG concentration in the atmosphere.

figure
Figure 3 

It is possible to obtain a back-of-the-envelope estimate of the additional direct deployment costs of CDR and SRM. A recent model intercomparison suggests that net cumulative CO2 emissions at the end of this century will be approximately 600 GtCO2 lower for the 1.5°C target than the 2°C target (median values) (130). Approximately 180 GtCO2 of this is due to additional CDR, which is split roughly 2:1 between the two most prominent techniques, namely, BECCS, and afforestation and reforestation (AR). Estimates of the technical potential and costs of BECCS and AR suggest that removal at this scale is technically feasible and can be achieved at a total cost of $5.1–13.5 trillion (131).5 However, assuming that the lowest-cost BECCS and AR opportunities are exploited first, the actual cost is likely to be closer to the upper end of this range, because meeting the 2°C target itself relies heavily on these CDR techniques.

Using Lenton & Vaughan's (125) results, we estimate that SRM calibrated to deliver −0.3 W/m2 could substitute for 180 GtCO2 of CDR.6 Stratospheric aerosol injections or marine cloud brightening could in theory reduce radiative forcing by this amount. Focusing for the time being solely on the deployment cost, a system “capable of altering the radiative energy balance in a measurable way and the associated observing and modelling capabilities for assessing their radiative impact” would cost approximately $3–30 billion per year, per the National Research Council (123, p. 147). This is trivial relative to current global GDP of approximately $75 trillion. If deployed in perpetuity and assuming a discount rate of 5%, it is equivalent to $0.06–0.6 trillion, which is one or two orders of magnitude cheaper than the direct deployment costs of removing 180 GtCO2 using BECCS and AR.

CDR and SRM may have significant external costs, however. In the case of BECCS and AR, the additional land, water, and nutrient demand generated by large-scale deployment presents enormous challenges for agricultural production, sustainability, and biodiversity (132, 133).7 In this context, the heavy reliance on CDR of most IPCC 1.5°C and 2°C scenarios has drawn much criticism in recent years (122, 134).

The deployment costs of SRM techniques are unlikely to be a significant barrier to their use. On the contrary, precisely because these techniques are inexpensive, a nation may deploy them unilaterally in response to real or perceived climate emergencies, or simply to set the global “thermostat” to its preferred level. This renders the effective governance of SRM techniques extremely difficult (135–138). Moreover, SRM deployment does little to address ocean acidification and can impose spatially heterogeneous external costs, including changes in precipitation patterns, greater ozone depletion, and reduced productivity of solar power generation. SRM also introduces new risks; for example, the techniques’ effectiveness in controlling temperatures has not been tested in field experiments, and the risk of rapid warming following an abrupt termination could be devastating (139, 140). Some of these risks are “ambiguous” in the sense set out in Section 1, because any relatively small-scale field experiment is unlikely to produce the data required to quantify the emerging risks precisely (141).

Therefore, the role CDR and SRM can play in a broader climate policy portfolio remains an open question. Several recent economic analyses have considered the characteristics of the least-cost climate policy portfolio under highly stylized assumptions (142–149). Although the primary focus of most is the interaction between mitigation and SRM, an emerging conclusion is that there is room for both conventional mitigation and adaptation, as well as CDR and SRM in the policy mix, consistent with the left side of Figure 3.

However, the results of these economic analyses depend sensitively on contestable assumptions about the costs and risks of CDR and SRM in particular. A no-SRM portfolio, which achieves the 1.5°C target, may well do so at much lower social cost than the portfolio depicted in Figure 3, given the strongly negative side effects of SRM that are thereby avoided. The limited evidence on SRM and some CDR techniques makes formidable the sustainability and governance challenges that these techniques present, which is probably an important reason why public policy on geo-engineering appears precautionary at this stage. To develop effective climate policies consistent with the 1.5°C target, the evidence base, particularly on SRM, needs to be strengthened urgently. This may well imply new small-scale field experiments, as recommended by some of the world's leading scientific bodies (123, 124, 150).

5. IMPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION POLICY

In broad terms, meeting the 1.5°C target entails earlier emissions reductions across a broader range of economic sectors and low-carbon technologies. But policymakers must decide how to intensify mitigation policies while minimizing the increase in short- to medium-term costs (see Section 3). Doing so would not only minimize the overall costs of a more ambitious climate goal; it would also reduce political opposition from those most likely to bear any cost increases.

The main policy tool advocated by economists to reduce emissions in a cost-effective fashion is carbon pricing (151–153).8 In the absence of market failures other than the GHG externality itself, a common carbon price will ensure that mitigation is cost-effective. Producers will reduce emissions up to the point where the marginal cost is equal to the carbon price. Consumers will reduce purchases of carbon-intensive goods and services up to the point where their marginal welfare benefits equal the price.

Carbon prices provide a pervasive incentive across all industries and households to reduce emissions. This could be of particular importance, given that tightening the target to 1.5°C places extra emphasis on reductions in energy demand across the whole economy (see Section 3). Carbon prices also provide an incentive for low-carbon innovation and combats the so-called rebound effect that boosts demand for a carbon-intensive product when low-carbon innovation lowers its price. An important advantage from the point of view of policymakers is that detailed knowledge of the technologies available to producers, or the preferences of consumers, is not required. Most methods of carbon pricing, such as carbon taxation or tradable emissions permits with initial auctioning of quotas, raise revenue for governments, which can be used to compensate people or firms hit particularly hard by carbon pricing. The flow of funds can also be used for other climate-related objectives (154).

Section 3 reported modeling that suggests a global carbon price of more than $100/tCO2 would be required as early as the 2020s, to limit warming to 1.5°C. However, the contrast between “ideal” carbon prices in energy systems models and real-world carbon prices is stark. At the moment, 85% of global emissions are unpriced and approximately three-quarters of the rest are priced below $10/tCO2 (153). Moreover, emissions are effectively subsidized through fossil-fuel subsidies, which still amount to approximately 6.5% of global GDP and promote extensive use of coal (155). Raising the price of emissions around the world and eliminating fossil-fuel subsidies are all the more important in light of the 1.5°C target. But these measures need to be accompanied by an understanding of their distributional consequences, which may require compensatory adjustments to tax-benefit systems and poverty alleviation policies (e.g., 156, 157).

However, it is difficult to establish what the appropriate level of the carbon price is and how it should change over time. Section 3 illustrated and diagnosed the large uncertainties about future carbon prices. These uncertainties are not just a curiosity within the research community; they also affect real-world expectations, where uncertainty is further fueled by, and reflected in, price volatility in schemes such as the European Union's Emissions Trading System (158). This is likely to have discouraged low-carbon investment and innovation, for example in CCS (159). So limiting warming to 1.5°C requires not only higher carbon prices across a much higher proportion of emissions, but also less volatile pricing over time with greater predictability of future carbon prices. An officially sanctioned guide price or pricing corridor might help (153, 160).

More importantly, carbon pricing is only directed at one source of market failure, GHG emissions. There are several other market failures that may impede cost-effective mitigation. The 1.5°C target requires greater action on these fronts, as well. It is well-known that R&D is likely to be undersupplied in a competitive market, because new knowledge is a public good and it is difficult to establish property rights over new ideas. Public subsidy of low-carbon research can help rectify this problem and reduce the size of the incentive to private researchers that carbon pricing would need to provide (161). However, public spending on R&D in the energy sector has fallen back as a share of total public R&D spending (162), and there is evidence that public support for renewable energy has been skewed toward deployment subsidies, instead of R&D and demonstration projects (163). Other market failures that require more attention include short-termism and principal-agent problems in infrastructure provision (including housing), the difficulties in establishing new networks (e.g., power grids and transport systems), and coordination problems in location decisions (e.g., city design and zoning laws). Reducing demand for high-carbon products is one area where many researchers have concluded price signals may need to be supplemented (164), including by exploiting insights from psychology and behavioral economics (165), although some debate the merits of such “nudging” (166). Emissions from nonmarket sectors such as subsistence farming and the natural environment require special attention, given the difficulties of introducing market mechanisms on the timescale required, even where this is seen as desirable in the long run. This is a particular problem for many developing countries. Section 3 pointed out that abatement of land-use emissions plays a key role in most 1.5°C scenarios.

A case can also be made for more direct command and control measures under the 1.5°C target. The lower temperature target reduces the technological options available, so that certain economic choices appear unavoidable. Relying on the necessarily uncertain effects of intermediary policy measures, such as carbon pricing and technology-blind R&D support, can be risky. For example, BECCS and other means of CDR become crucial in 1.5°C scenarios (see Section 3). Some have therefore argued for mandatory sequestration (167). The inadequacy to date of carbon pricing in stimulating private R&D has encouraged more direct approaches, such as the mission-oriented new Apollo Program to combat climate change (168). Some researchers have found that setting standards is more effective in reducing emissions and more acceptable to public opinion, despite its costs (111). On this view, there may not be time to adjust economic instruments, such as a carbon price, in response to learning more about their potency.

However, command and control methods are often considerably more expensive than market instruments. This is demonstrated in the automotive sector, for example (169), where corporate automotive fuel economy standards place a heavier burden on the economy than an increase in gasoline prices (170). There is no escape from the need for careful evaluation of all policy instruments in theory and practice; exercises in this vein, such as those in References 171 and 172, are becoming more common.

At the international level, adoption of the 1.5°C ceiling suggests three priorities for policy making. First, successive UNFCCC summits must keep up the pressure on countries to adopt more ambitious NDCs. Second, the flow of finance to developing countries that adopt strong NDCs must be increased. The theoretical desirability of a global carbon price depends on there being appropriate lump-sum transfers to compensate the heaviest losers. Various schemes have been devised for equitable transfers among nations to accompany global carbon pricing, or other ways to make climate action fair (173–176). Empirically, it appears that mitigation opportunities are disproportionately concentrated in developing countries (177). Without appropriate receipts, developing countries will be unlikely to set as high a carbon price as developed countries (153), with adverse consequences for global efforts on aggregate and for cost-effectiveness. Third, better mechanisms to encourage the international dissemination of low-carbon technologies are required. These could build on the global Technology Mechanism established by the Paris Agreement, but they need to be incorporated in broader efforts to promote sustainable low-carbon development, as well.

6. CONCLUSIONS

This review has compared the benefits and costs of limiting warming to 1.5°C and has developed the implications of the 1.5°C target for mitigation policy. Because of space constraints, several other important issues have been ignored, e.g., adaptation policy. Interested readers are directed to the IPCC's extensive Special Report on Global Warming of 1.5°C (http://www.ipcc.ch/report/sr15/).

Section 2 detailed many potential benefits of limiting warming to 1.5°C, while emphasizing the uncertainties. The impacts avoided by limiting warming to 1.5°C compared with 2°C are significant for water resources, agriculture, and human health and are particularly large in poorer regions. SIDS, parts of Southeast Asia, and the Mediterranean are among the regions that would benefit most. Limiting warming to 1.5°C would provide particularly large benefits to natural ecosystems. Arctic summer sea ice would also be preserved. A key issue is whether limiting warming to 1.5°C reduces the risk of crossing climate tipping points. Although there is evidence to suggest that it would, the reduction in risk cannot presently be quantified.

Section 3 showed that the remaining carbon budget consistent with 1.5°C is very small and that the global economy would need to be decarbonized at an unprecedented rate. According to energy systems models, a global carbon price of more than $100/tCO2 would be required as early as 2020 (approximately three times higher than the carbon price necessary to limit warming to 2°C), more if policy implementation is delayed and fragmented. Indeed, any further delay likely renders the 1.5°C target unattainable by conventional means. Scenarios that limit warming to 1.5°C involve particularly large reductions in energy demand across the whole economy, and heavy reliance on negative emissions technologies, principally BECCS. Large-scale BECCS brings with it large environmental risks. Fossil-fuel exporters are likely to bear disproportionate mitigation costs.

Despite our reservations, the question of whether limiting warming to 1.5°C would pass a cost-benefit test in a formal, model-based assessment is an “elephant in the room”; we offer a relatively simple and transparent approach within this tradition, in the sidebar titled Formal Assessment of Whether 1.5°C Warming Is Economically Efficient (see also Table 1). The main point it makes is that the uncertainties about the economic benefits and costs of limiting warming to 1.5°C are so large, particularly on the benefits side, that 1.5°C is within the range of peak temperature increases that could be optimal from an economic standpoint. We think this conclusion also flows from the informal comparison of benefits and costs in Sections 2 and 3, where issues such as regional distribution, natural ecosystems, co-benefits, and ambiguity can be more fully incorporated.

image
CLICK TO VIEW
Table 1

Parameter values for T*

The alternative way to limit warming to 1.5°C is to make use of CDR techniques over and above those deployed in energy systems models and/or SRM. Such CDR techniques are expensive and slow-acting. Some SRM techniques are cheap and fast-acting, but they pose ambiguous risks to the environment. Whether society is prepared to take these risks is a value judgement, but its revealed preference to date is to not take such risks.

FORMAL ASSESSMENT OF WHETHER 1.5°C WARMING IS ECONOMICALLY EFFICIENT

Historically, economists have built numerically solved IAMs to carry out CBA of climate targets. These cost-benefit IAMs have delivered many key insights, but they have been repeatedly criticized for resting on shaky empirics (e.g., 1–3). They are also complex enough to be branded “black boxes,” stimulating recent interest in simpler analytical models (14–16), especially given the limitations of the underlying data, which mean that intricate modeling may not be warranted. Initial tests show these simpler models are able to closely replicate the results of more complex cost-benefit IAMs under comparable assumptions (15).

In this new tradition of analytical modeling, Dietz & Venmans (179) make use of the linear relationship between cumulative CO2 emissions and warming to derive an expression for optimal peak warming, T*:

equation

where ρ is the pure rate of time preference and η is the elasticity of marginal utility. (This expression for T* is not valid for emissions paths that temporarily overshoot 1.5°C.) These are parameters determining the discount rate (the discount rate r = ρ + ηg). Population growth is represented by n and growth of GDP per capita by g; these are assumed constant. φ is the marginal cost of zero emissions, ζ is the Transient Climate Response to Cumulative Carbon Emissions (TCRE), a physical parameter, and γ is the coefficient of the damage function. Table 1 lists the parameter values we assume and their sources.

Dietz & Venmans find that T* depends sensitively on most of these parameters, and most of these parameters are subject to large uncertainty. This means that T* itself is highly uncertain, which is consistent with the state of the wider literature on CBA of climate change.

Arguably, there is especially poor evidence on damages, γ (3, 178). Therefore, we use the above formula for optimal peak warming to ask the following question: On the basis of representative values of the other parameters, how large would damages have to be for optimal peak warming to be 1.5°C?

We find that T* = 1.5°C if γ = 0.023, which corresponds with the assumption that 3°C warming, which is a common point of comparison, would result in a welfare loss equivalent to 9.8% of global GDP. [To replicate this calculation, the damage function D(T) = exp(–γ/2*T2).] Compared with most of the literature on damages, this is an outlier. According to Nordhaus & Moffat's (180) recent survey, mean damages at 3°C are approximately 2% of global GDP, with a 95th percentile estimate of 6.5%. However, in stark contrast, recent empirical analysis of how temperature fluctuations have affected GDP growth worldwide since the middle of the twentieth century suggests much higher damages; 9.8% of global GDP at 3°C is close to the middle of the range of estimates from this work (181). [Erratum]

There are unanswered questions about the validity of these recent empirical estimates, compared with the prior literature. The quality of these recent estimates is much higher in a statistical sense, although they may lack external validity, having been derived from past data and from climate fluctuations over small periods (182, 183). They do not include the “nonmarket” impacts of climate change, such as on health and natural ecosystems. And none of the damage estimates discussed here includes the co-benefits of reducing emissions in terms of improved local air quality (see Section 3). However, the mitigation cost estimates reflected in the φ parameter do not incorporate the environmental risks of mitigation, notably of large-scale BECCS (see Section 2).

The case for carbon pricing has been made many times, but it is at least as important to do so in relation to limiting warming to 1.5°C. The potential cost savings from decentralizing the incentive to reduce emissions and bringing marginal abatement costs toward equality are very large. However, not only is there a strong normative case to complement carbon pricing with other policy tools, due to multiple market failures and barriers to mitigation, the urgency of the challenge here and the seemingly essential role of some technologies such as carbon sequestration make the case for more interventionist policy measures. At the international level, the Paris process must find a way to ratchet up the ambition of NDCs quickly, and channel finance and technology to developing countries to take advantage of cheap abatement.

SUMMARY POINTS

1.

Due to large uncertainties about the economic costs and, in particular, the benefits, there can be no clear answer to the question of whether the 1.5°C target passes a cost-benefit test.

2.

The benefits of limiting warming to 1.5°C, compared with 2°C, are particularly significant for natural ecosystems and they are also significant for water resources, agriculture, and human health, especially in poorer regions of the world. There is evidence to suggest that limiting warming to 1.5°C reduces the risk of crossing climate tipping points, such as melting of the Greenland and Antarctic ice sheets, but the reduction in risk cannot presently be quantified.

3.

The remaining carbon budget consistent with 1.5°C is very small and the global economy would need to be decarbonized at an unprecedented rate to stay within it, likely entailing large costs.

4.

Scenarios that limit warming to 1.5°C involve particularly large reductions in energy demand across the whole economy and heavy reliance on negative emissions technologies, principally bioenergy with CCS.

5.

Any further delay in pursuing an emissions path consistent with 1.5°C likely renders that target unattainable by conventional means, instead relying on expensive large-scale CDR, or risky solar radiation management.

6.

The case for carbon pricing as the central plank of mitigation policy is stronger than ever, although there may be a place for more interventionist policies alongside it, given the urgency, the political economy, and the existence of other market failures.

7.

The UNFCCC/Paris process must find a way to ratchet up the ambition of NDCs quickly, and channel finance and technology to developing countries to take advantage of cheap abatement.

FUTURE ISSUES

1.

How can cost-benefit analysis best give reliable decision support in situations involving very long timescales, global scope, deep uncertainties, and significant nonmarket benefits?

2.

Although a literature on the benefits of reducing warming to 1.5°C is rapidly emerging, there needs to be better quantification of the uncertainties surrounding these benefits, both within and between models.

3.

There needs to be more focus in the future on quantifying the benefits and costs of limiting warming to 1.5°C at the regional level.

4.

Can the reduction in the risk of crossing key tipping points in the global climate system, brought about by limiting warming to 1.5°C, be quantified?

5.

What is the 1.5°C carbon budget?

6.

Can the environmental risks associated with solar radiation management by quantified, could field experiments help in this effort, and how could solar radiation management be effectively governed at the global level?

7.

Given its centrality in most 1.5°C scenarios, how can policy effectively promote the deployment of carbon capture and storage (CCS) technology?

8.

What policies are effective in rapidly reducing energy demand, as well as rapidly increasing the electrification of, the residential buildings, and transportation sectors?

disclosure statement

The authors are not aware of any affiliations, memberships, funding, or financial holdings that might be perceived as affecting the objectivity of this review.

acknowledgments

A.B., B.D., and S.D. acknowledge the financial support of the United Kingdom's Economic and Social Research Council and the Grantham Foundation for the Protection of the Environment. R.W. has carried out consulting work for the UK Department for Business, Energy and Industrial Strategy on the implication of a global warming of 1.5°C. She has received funding from the Natural Environment Research Council to investigate the risks associated with 1.5°C warming.

literature cited

  • 1. 
    Jones RN, Patwardhan A, Cohen SJ, Dessai S, Lammel A, et al. 2014. Foundations for decision making. In Climate Change 2014: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. Part A: Global and Sectoral Aspects. Contribution of Working Group II to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, ed. CB Field, VR Barros, DJ Dokken, KJ Mach, MD Mastrandrea, et al., pp. 195–228. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
    • Google Scholar
    Article Locations:
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
  • 2. 
    Heal G, Millner A. 2014. Uncertainty and decision making in climate change economics. Rev. Environ. Econ. Policy. 8: 120–37
    • Crossref
    • Web of Science ®
    • Google Scholar
    Article Locations:
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    More AR articles citing this reference

    • On the Coevolution of Economic and Ecological Systems

      Simon Levin1 and Anastasios Xepapadeas2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, University of Bologna, 40126 Bologna, Italy
      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 355 - 377
      • ...and the values of welfare parameters such as the discount rate (Heal & Milner 2014...
      • ...A survey of applications to climate change can be found in, for example, the article by Heal & Milner (2014)....
    • Mapping Sea-Level Change in Time, Space, and Probability

      Benjamin P. Horton,1,2,3 Robert E. Kopp,3,4 Andra J. Garner,3,5 Carling C. Hay,6 Nicole S. Khan,1 Keven Roy,1 and Timothy A. Shaw11Asian School of the Environment, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore 639798, Singapore; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Earth Observatory of Singapore, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore 639798, Singapore3Institute of Earth, Ocean, and Atmospheric Sciences, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]4Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences, Rutgers University, Piscataway, New Jersey 08854, USA5Department of Marine and Coastal Sciences, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901, USA6Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences, Boston College, Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts 02467, USA; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 481 - 521
      • ...The field of decision making under uncertainty has developed several approaches to cope with ambiguity (e.g., 161)....
    • Adaptation to Climate Change

      Sam FankhauserGrantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment and Centre for Climate Change Economics and Policy (CCCEP), London School of Economics, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 209 - 230
      • ...Many climate change economists believe that our understanding of climate change is not sufficient to satisfy the axioms of expected utility theory (see Heal & Millner 2014 for an accessible overview)....
      • ...As Heal & Millner (2014) point out, the level of uncertainty about possible climate outcomes is much higher in the case of adaptation than in the case of mitigation....
    • Sustainability and Development

      Edward B. BarbierDepartment of Economics and Finance, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming 82070; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 261 - 280
      • ...which may disproportionately impose adverse and possibly even catastrophic impacts on future generations (Heal & Millner 2014, Weitzman 2011)....
      • ...However, as Heal & Millner (2014, p. 126) caution in the case of uncertainty and climate change: “Failing to account fully for scientific uncertainty results in underestimates of the thickness of the tails of the error distributions, ...
      • ...As pointed out by Heal & Millner (2014) and Zilberman (2014), although practical application of adapting the max-min approach to derive specific sustainability rules has proven difficult, ...
    • Optimal Taxation in the Macroeconomics of Climate Change

      Gustav Engström1 and Johan Gars21The Beijer Institute of Ecological Economics and2Global Economic Dynamics and the Biosphere, The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, SE-104 05 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 7: 127 - 150
      • ...Heal & Kriström (2002), Pindyck (2007), Traeger (2009), Fischer & Heutel (2013), and Heal & Millner (2014)....

  • 3. 
    Pindyck RS. 2013. Climate change policy: What do the models tell us? J. Econ. Lit. 51(3): 860–72
    • Crossref
    • Web of Science ®
    • Google Scholar
    Article Locations:
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    More AR articles citing this reference

    • Environmental Benefit-Cost Analysis: A Comparative Analysis Between the United States and the United Kingdom

      Joseph E. Aldy,1 Giles Atkinson,2 and Matthew J. Kotchen31Harvard Kennedy School, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA2Department of Geography and Environment and Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and Environment, London School of Economics and Political Science, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]3Yale School of the Environment, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511, USA
      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 267 - 288
      • ...Some claim that IAMs are not well suited to provide defensible estimates given the significant uncertainties (Pindyck 2013, 2017)....
    • On the Coevolution of Economic and Ecological Systems

      Simon Levin1 and Anastasios Xepapadeas2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, University of Bologna, 40126 Bologna, Italy
      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 355 - 377
      • ...and the values of welfare parameters such as the discount rate (Heal & Milner 2014; Pindyck 2013...
    • Uncertainty Spillovers for Markets and Policy

      Lars Peter HansenDepartments of Economics and Statistics and Booth School of Business, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637, USA; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Economics Vol. 13: 371 - 396
      • ...For instance, Pindyck (2013) and Morgan et al. (2017) argue that SCC calculations from integrated assessment models are of limited value for setting policy because of the modeling simplifications and the limited understanding of climate change and its potential for damaging the economy....
    • The Evolution of Integrated Assessment: Developing the Next Generation of Use-Inspired Integrated Assessment Tools

      Karen Fisher-Vanden1 and John Weyant21Department of Agricultural Economics, Sociology, and Education, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Management Science and Engineering, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305, USA; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 471 - 487
      • ...where he concludes that IAMs “have crucial flaws that make them close to useless as tools for policy analysis” (Pindyck 2013, ...
    • Adaptation to Climate Change

      Sam FankhauserGrantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment and Centre for Climate Change Economics and Policy (CCCEP), London School of Economics, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 209 - 230
      • ...The simplifications needed to make integrated assessment models tractable and the difficulties in calibrating credible damage functions have been severely criticized, most prominently by Pindyck (2013)...
      • ...perhaps also influenced by broader criticism of integrated assessment models (Pindyck 2013...
    • The Long-Run Discount Rate Controversy

      Christian Gollier1 and James K. Hammitt1,21LERNA-INRA, Toulouse School of Economics (TSE), Toulouse 31042, France; email: [email protected]2Center for Risk Analysis, Harvard University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 273 - 295

    • 4. 
      Weitzman ML. 2009. On modeling and interpreting the economics of catastrophic climate change. Rev. Econ. Stat. 91(1): 1–19
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Understanding the Improbable: A Survey of Fat Tails in Environmental Economics

        Marc N. Conte1 and David L. Kelly21Department of Economics, Fordham University, Bronx, New York 10458, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida 33146, USA; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 289 - 310
        • ...Kelly & Kolstad 1999, Weitzman 2009b, Kelly & Tan 2015, Lemoine & Traeger 2016), ...
        • ...In a series of influential papers, Martin Weitzman (2009a,b,c; 2011; 2014), argues that the prior distribution for beliefs about the climate sensitivity is fat tailed, ...
        • ...with profound implications for climate policy. Weitzman (2009b) shows that a Pareto prior combined with observational data yields a fat-tailed Student-t posterior belief distribution....
        • ...Weitzman (2009b) summarizes the policy implications with the so-called dismal theorem....
        • ...Weitzman (2009b,c) argues that conventional cost-benefit analysis is unlikely to yield precise results, ...
        • ...Weitzman (2009b) argues that potentially catastrophic outcomes drawn from fat-tailed distributions will dominate policy results, ...
        • ...Weitzman (2009b) argues that fat-tailed beliefs arise naturally from a fat-tailed Pareto prior and a series of observations....
        • ...Imposing HARA utility has a number of advantages over imposing a bound on marginal utility (e.g., Weitzman 2009b, Pindyck 2011)....
        • ...Weitzman (2009b) himself considers a lower bound on both utility and marginal utility....
        • ...the posterior is the fat-tailed Student-t distribution, regardless of the number of observations (Weitzman 2009b)....
        • ...Owing to articles by Weitzman (2009b,c) and the subsequent literature, the policy implications of the denominator problem are better understood....
      • On the Coevolution of Economic and Ecological Systems

        Simon Levin1 and Anastasios Xepapadeas2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, University of Bologna, 40126 Bologna, Italy
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 355 - 377
        • ...and the values of welfare parameters such as the discount rate (Heal & Milner 2014; Pindyck 2013; Weitzman 2009, 2011)....
        • ...or uncertainty about the discount rate itself [which is a case of gamma discounting (Weitzman 2001)]—lead to declining discount rates over time (Gollier 2012, Weitzman 2009)...
      • Resource Management Under Catastrophic Threats

        Yacov Tsur1 and Amos Zemel21Department of Environmental Economics and Management, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot 7610001, Israel; email: [email protected]2Department of Solar Energy and Environmental Physics, The Jacob Blaustein Institutes for Desert Research, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva 8410501, Israel; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 403 - 425
        • ...Weitzman (2009) forwards a disturbing implication of unknown probabilities, combined with high-impact catastrophes....
        • ...This result, which Weitzman (2009) refers to as the dismal theorem, ...
      • Climate Change and the Financial System

        Irene Monasterolo1,21Department of Ecological Economics, Vienna University of Economics and Business, Vienna 1020, Austria; email: [email protected]2Global Development Policy Center, Boston University, Boston, Massachusetts 02215, USA
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 299 - 320
        • ...This is due to the nature of the Earth system and leads to the presence of tail events (Weitzman 2009), ...
      • Computational Methods in Environmental and Resource Economics

        Yongyang CaiDepartment of Agricultural, Environmental and Development Economics, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210, USA; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 11: 59 - 82
        • ...The dismal theorem of Weitzman (2009) shows that the risk premium can be infinite for unboundedly distributed uncertainties. Costello et al. (2010)...
      • Welfare, Wealth, and Sustainability

        Elena G. Irwin,1 Sathya Gopalakrishnan,1 and Alan Randall1,21Department of Agricultural, Environmental, and Development Economics, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210; email: [email protected], [email protected]2School of Economics and School of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Sydney, Sydney, New South Wales 2006, Australia; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 77 - 98
        • ...As the debate about time preference seemed at a stalemate, Weitzman (2009)...
      • Dynamics, Viability, and Resilience in Bioeconomics

        Jean-Paul ChavasDepartment of Agricultural and Applied Economics, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 7: 209 - 231
        • ...it is very important. Weitzman (2009) provided an example in which, ...
      • The Long-Run Discount Rate Controversy

        Christian Gollier1 and James K. Hammitt1,21LERNA-INRA, Toulouse School of Economics (TSE), Toulouse 31042, France; email: [email protected]2Center for Risk Analysis, Harvard University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 273 - 295
        • ...and he shows that the efficient safe discount rate then goes to minus infinity for all maturities. Weitzman (2009) generalizes this result in a controversial dismal theorem....
      • Rare Macroeconomic Disasters

        Robert J. Barro1 and José F. Ursúa21Department of Economics, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]2Global Investment Research, Goldman Sachs, New York, NY 10282; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Economics Vol. 4: 83 - 109
        • ...In the environmental-economics literature related to climate change (Nordhaus 2007, Weitzman 2009), ...
      • (The Economics of) Discounting: Unbalanced Growth, Uncertainty, and Spatial Considerations

        Thomas Sterner and Efthymia KyriakopoulouDepartment of Economics, University of Gothenburg, Gothenburg 40530, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 285 - 301
        • ... and Weitzman (2009) show that the probability distribution of the discount rate r( t) under uncertainty can have a thick lower tail, ...
        • ...Studying the economics of catastrophic climate change, Weitzman (2009) shows that the posterior-predictive DF of high-impact, ...
        • ...Standard approaches to modeling the economics of climate change do not take into account the implications of large impacts with small probabilities. Weitzman (2009) argues that, ...
      • The Social Cost of Carbon

        Richard S.J. Tol1,2,3,41Economic and Social Research Institute, Whitaker Square, Sir John Rogerson's Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland; email: [email protected]2Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, The Netherlands3Department of Spatial Economics, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, The Netherlands4Department of Economics, Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 3: 419 - 443
        • ...which may dominate the policy analysis (Tol 2003; Tol & Yohe 2007a; Weitzman 2009a,b)....
        • ...and given the uncertainties about risk, fat-tailed distributions seem appropriate (Tol 2003, Weitzman 2009b)....
      • Climate Risk

        Nathan E. Hultman,1 David M. Hassenzahl,2 and Steve Rayner31School of Public Policy, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742; email: [email protected]2School of Sustainability and the Environment, Chatham University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15232; email: [email protected]3Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, Saïd Business School, and James Martin 21st Century School, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 1HP, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 35: 283 - 303
        • ...Incorporating catastrophic or extreme events into economic CBA remains an active area of research (62, 63, 64)....
      • Urban Growth and Climate Change

        Matthew E. KahnInstitute of the Environment and Department of Economics, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095; NBER, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 333 - 350
        • ...Climate change also poses a set of high-risk, low-probability events for cities (Weitzman 2009)....
        • ...how do we estimate the expected present discounted value of the benefits we gain from making such engineering investments versus delaying such an investment? Weitzman (2009) sketched some alarming right-tail, ...

    • 5. 
      Hulme M. 2016. 1.5°C and climate research after the Paris Agreement. Nat. Clim. Change 6(3): 222–24
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change: Challenges and Opportunities

        Mark Vardy,1 Michael Oppenheimer,2,3 Navroz K. Dubash,4 Jessica O'Reilly,5 and Dale Jamieson61Princeton Environmental Institute, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected]2Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08540; email: [email protected]3Department of Geosciences, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 085444Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi 110021, India; email: [email protected]5Department of International Studies, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]6Department of Environmental Studies, New York University, New York, NY 10003; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 55 - 75
        • ...and desirability of representing climate science through this consensus process (15...
        • ...the role that CDR techniques play in IPCC scenarios should be made transparent to the IPCC's audience (23)....

    • 6. 
      Stern N. 2007. The Economics of Climate Change: The Stern Review. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
      • Crossref
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Three Decades of Climate Mitigation: Why Haven't We Bent the Global Emissions Curve?

        Isak Stoddard,1 Kevin Anderson,1,2 Stuart Capstick,3 Wim Carton,4 Joanna Depledge,5 Keri Facer,1,6 Clair Gough,2 Frederic Hache,7 Claire Hoolohan,2,3 Martin Hultman,8 Niclas Hällström,9 Sivan Kartha,10 Sonja Klinsky,11 Magdalena Kuchler,1 Eva Lövbrand,12 Naghmeh Nasiritousi,13,14 Peter Newell,15 Glen P. Peters,16 Youba Sokona,17 Andy Stirling,18 Matthew Stilwell,19 Clive L. Spash,20 and Mariama Williams171Natural Resources and Sustainable Development, Department of Earth Sciences, Uppsala University, SE-752 36 Uppsala, Sweden; email: [email protected]2Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, School of Engineering, University of Manchester, Manchester M13 9PL, United Kingdom3Centre for Climate Change and Social Transformation, School of Psychology, Cardiff University, Cardiff CF10 3AT, United Kingdom4Lund University Centre for Sustainability Studies, Lund University, SE-221 00 Lund, Sweden5Cambridge Centre for Environment, Energy and Natural Resource Governance, Cambridge University, Cambridge CB2 3QZ, United Kingdom6School of Education, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 1JA, United Kingdom7Green Finance Observatory, 1050 Brussels, Belgium8Department of Technology Development and Management, Chalmers University of Technology, SE-412 96 Gothenburg, Sweden9What Next?, SE-756 45 Uppsala, Sweden10Stockholm Environment Institute, Somerville, Massachusetts 02144, USA11School of Sustainability, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA12Department of Thematic Studies–Environmental Change, Linköping University, SE-581 83 Linköping, Sweden13Department of Political Science, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden14Swedish Institute of International Affairs, SE-114 28 Stockholm, Sweden15Department of International Relations, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9SN, United Kingdom16Center for International Climate Research, 0318 Oslo, Norway17The South Centre, 1219 Geneva, Switzerland18Science Policy Research Unit, Business School, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9RH, United Kingdom19Institute for Governance & Sustainable Development, Washington, DC 20007, USA20Institute for Multi-Level Governance and Development, WU Vienna University of Economics, 1020 Vienna, Austria
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46:
        • ...Thus, mainstream economists, such as Stern (80) and Nordhaus (81), are able to recommend “optimal levels of climate change” that correspond with a serious risk of extreme and irreversible changes to the conditions for life on Earth (82)...
      • Discounting and Global Environmental Change

        Stephen Polasky1,2,3 and Nfamara K. Dampha3,41Department of Applied Economics, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Ecology, Evolution and Behavior, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA3Institute on the Environment, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected]4World Bank-UNHCR Joint Data Center, Washington, DC 20433, USA
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46:
        • ...discounting necessarily involves questions of intergenerational equity and requires thinking about ethics (83...
        • ...A long and prominent list of scholars have backed this position (13, 20, 83, 85...
        • ...88) or that take a more gradual approach to reducing emissions (e.g., ...
        • ...also known as the Stern Review of the Economics of Climate Change (88)....
        • ...The Stern Review called for immediate action to address climate change based on higher damage estimates of climate change (5% to as high as 20% of GDP on an ongoing basis) and a far lower discount rate than that used by Nordhaus (88)....
        • ...the discount rate should be far lower than the rate used by Nordhaus (88, 89)....
        • ...tend to favor immediate actions that rapidly reduce greenhouse gas emissions (88, 89)....
      • Resource Management Under Catastrophic Threats

        Yacov Tsur1 and Amos Zemel21Department of Environmental Economics and Management, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot 7610001, Israel; email: [email protected]2Department of Solar Energy and Environmental Physics, The Jacob Blaustein Institutes for Desert Research, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva 8410501, Israel; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 403 - 425
        • ...their neglect in the IAMs has been considered a serious deficiency (Stern 2007, 2016)....
        • ...The Stern (2007) report focuses on parameter uncertainty and hence uses the probabilistic IAM PAGE (Hope 2011)...
      • Climate Change and Forests

        Brent SohngenDepartment of Agricultural, Environmental, and Development Economics, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210, USA; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 23 - 43
        • ...the Stern Review (Stern 2007) elevated the Reduced Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation (REDD) agenda because it suggested that the costs of avoiding climate change by reducing deforestation were relatively low....
      • Stranded Assets in the Transition to a Carbon-Free Economy

        Frederick van der Ploeg1,2 and Armon Rezai31Department of Economics, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3UQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2School of Business and Economics, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The Netherlands3Department of Socio-Economics, Vienna University of Economics and Business, 1020 Vienna, Austria; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 281 - 298
        • ...The standard economic approach to the question of climate change identifies it as the result of an externality (Chichilnisky & Heal 1994, Nordhaus 2008); according to Stern (2007), ...
      • Sustainable Living: Bridging the North-South Divide in Lifestyles and Consumption Debates

        Bronwyn Hayward1,2 and Joyashree Roy3,41Department of Political Science and International Relations, University of Canterbury, Christchurch 8140, New Zealand; email: [email protected]2Centre for Understanding Sustainable Prosperity, University of Surrey, Guildford GU2 7XH, United Kingdom3Asian Institute of Technology, Pathum Thani 12120, Thailand; email: [email protected], [email protected]4Global Change Programme, Jadavpur University, Kolkata, West Bengal 700032, India
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 157 - 175
        • ...who need support for just transitions that cannot be achieved by technological solutions alone (5–7)....
      • International Climate Change Policy

        Gabriel Chan,1 Robert Stavins,2 and Zou Ji31Humphrey School of Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455, USA; email: [email protected]2John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected]3Energy Foundation, Beijing 100004, China; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 335 - 360
        • ...including co-benefits and adverse side-effects) and cost-effectiveness (minimization of social costs for a given degree of environmental effectiveness) (Stern 2007, Nordhaus 2008)....
        • ...whereas some have found it to be cost-effective but insufficient in its ambition (Stern 2007, Weitzman 2007)....
      • The Consequences of Uncertainty: Climate Sensitivity and Economic Sensitivity to the Climate

        John Hassler,1,2,3,4 Per Krusell,1,2,3,5 and Conny Olovsson61Institute for International Economic Studies, S-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of Gothenburg, S-405 30 Gothenburg, Sweden3Center for Economic and Policy Research, London EC1V 0DX, United Kingdom4Society for Economic Measurement, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213, USA5National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA6Sveriges Riksbank, S-103 37 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Economics Vol. 10: 189 - 205
        • ...we select an alternative discount rate to be that suggested in the Stern (2007) review, ...
      • Technology and Engineering of the Water-Energy Nexus

        Prakash Rao,1 Robert Kostecki,1 Larry Dale,1 and Ashok Gadgil1,21Energy Technologies Area, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of California, Berkeley, Berkeley, California 94720
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 407 - 437
        • ...Large future costs attributed with energy use have been invoked to justify regulation of CO2 emissions through regulated market mechanisms (12, 13)....
      • Is the Environment Compatible with Growth? Adopting an Integrated Framework for Sustainability

        Lucas BretschgerCenter of Economic Research, ETH Zurich, CH-8092 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 185 - 207
        • ...contributions to this literature include numerical simulation models (Nordhaus & Boyer 2000, Stern 2007)...
        • ...There is room for an additional welfare-improving policy if society aims to correct the individual discount rates for ethical reasons (see Stern 2007 for an example of motivation)....
      • Welfare, Wealth, and Sustainability

        Elena G. Irwin,1 Sathya Gopalakrishnan,1 and Alan Randall1,21Department of Agricultural, Environmental, and Development Economics, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210; email: [email protected], [email protected]2School of Economics and School of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Sydney, Sydney, New South Wales 2006, Australia; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 77 - 98
        • ...discussion of the response to catastrophic prospects was intensified by the Stern-Nordhaus debates on climate change in the mid-2000s (Nordhaus 2007, Stern 2007)....
      • Political Theory on Climate Change

        Melissa LaneDepartment of Politics, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 19: 107 - 123
        • ...coming into public view significantly with Stern's (2007) commissioned review of the economics of climate change and playing a more active and acknowledged role than political theory in the formation of the succession of Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Assessment Reports....
      • Migration and Environment

        Katrin MillockParis School of Economics–CNRS, Centre d’Economie de la Sorbonne, 75647 Paris Cedex 13, France; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 7: 35 - 60
        • ...The Stern Review suggested that by 2050 there would be 200 million people who would be affected by adverse climate events that could induce migration (Stern 2007)....
      • The Long-Run Discount Rate Controversy

        Christian Gollier1 and James K. Hammitt1,21LERNA-INRA, Toulouse School of Economics (TSE), Toulouse 31042, France; email: [email protected]2Center for Risk Analysis, Harvard University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 273 - 295
        • Regime Shifts in Resource Management

          Aart de ZeeuwTilburg Sustainability Center, Department of Economics, Tilburg University, 5000 LE Tilburg, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 85 - 104
          • ...the climate system may shift to a different state (Stern 2007, Lenton et al. 2008), ...
        • Economic Experiments and Environmental Policy

          Charles N. Noussair1 and Daan P. van Soest1,21Department of Economics and CentER, Tilburg University, Tilburg 5000 LE, The Netherlands; email: c.n.[email protected]nl2Tilburg Sustainability Center, Tilburg 5000 LE, The Netherlands
          Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 319 - 337
          • ...Mitigating climate change has been labeled “the greatest externality of all” (see Stern 2007), ...
        • Measuring the Co-Benefits of Climate Change Mitigation

          Diana Ürge-Vorsatz,1 Sergio Tirado Herrero,1 Navroz K. Dubash,2 and Franck Lecocq31Center for Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Policy, Central European University, Budapest H-1051, Hungary; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Centre for Policy Research, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi 110021, India; email: [email protected]3Centre International de Recherche sur l'Environnement et le Développement, Campus du Jardin Tropical, Nogent-sur-Marne F-94736, France; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 549 - 582
          • ...attempts at broadening the scope of these analyses; the Stern Review (144) is one example....
        • Energy for Transport

          Maria Figueroa,1 Oliver Lah,2 Lewis M. Fulton,3 Alan McKinnon,4 and Geetam Tiwari51Department of Business and Politics, Copenhagen Business School, DK-2000 Frederiksberg, Denmark; email: [email protected]2Energy, Transport and Climate Policy Research Group, Wuppertal Institute for Climate, Environment and Energy, 10178 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected]3Institute of Transportation Studies, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected]4Logistics Department, Kühne Logistics University, 20457 Hamburg, Germany; email: [email protected]5Transportation Research and Injury Prevention Programme, Indian Institute of Technology Delhi, New Delhi 110 016, India; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 295 - 325
          • ...transport costs are being challenged by externalities, one of which is the need for climate protection (179)....
        • On the Sustainability of Renewable Energy Sources

          Ottmar Edenhofer,1,2,3 Kristin Seyboth,1 Felix Creutzig,2,3 and Steffen Schlömer11Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14412 Potsdam, Germany; email: [email protected]2Economics of Climate Change, Technische Universität, 10623 Berlin, Germany3Mercator Research Institute on Global Commons and Climate Change, 10829 Berlin, Germany
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 169 - 200
          • ...several studies have claimed that FITs are more effective in terms of supporting increased deployment (82–84)....
        • Cumulative Carbon Emissions and the Green Paradox

          Frederick van der PloegDepartment of Economics, Oxford OX1 3UQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]Department of Economics, VU University Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, Netherlands
          Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 281 - 300
          • ...because there is no reason to favor the welfare of current generations over that of future, unborn generations (Nordhaus 2007, Stern 2007)....
        • Climate Change Politics

          Thomas BernauerCenter for Comparative and International Studies and Institute for Environmental Decisions, ETH Zurich, CH-8092 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 16: 421 - 448
          • ...such arguments suggest that a purely economic analysis of whether early GHG mitigation is more (or less) efficient (Stern 2007) must be complemented by positive and normative analysis of political uncertainty and strategies for long-term commitments....
          • ...primarily those in arid or semiarid zones and those with large, low-level, high-population coastal areas (IPCC 2007, Stern 2007)....
          • ...concludes that severe climate change (3–6° temperature increase) could cause annual economic losses on the order of 5–20% of GDP (Stern 2007)....
        • Multiactor Governance and the Environment

          Peter Newell,1 Philipp Pattberg,2 and Heike Schroeder31Department of International Relations, University of Sussex, Sussex BN1 9SN, United Kingdom: email: [email protected]2Institute for Environmental Studies, Department of Environmental Policy Analysis, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Amsterdam 1081 HV, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]3School of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 365 - 387
          • ...given that urban areas with mass agglomerations of human and industrial activity are particularly responsible for creating GHG emissions and particularly vulnerable to the adverse effects of climate change (91, 92)....
        • Taking Stock of Malthus: Modeling the Collapse of Historical Civilizations

          Rafael ReuvenySchool of Public and Environmental Affairs, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 303 - 329
          • ...as emphasized by existing examinations (see, e.g., Zilberman et al. 2004, Stern 2007, ...
        • Behavioral Economics and Environmental Policy

          Fredrik Carlsson and Olof Johansson-Stenman*Department of Economics, University of Gothenburg, SE 405 30 Gothenburg, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
          Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 75 - 99
          • ...The policy recommendation for global warming depends critically on the choice of discount rate ( Nordhaus 2007, Stern 2007)....
        • Coal Power Impacts, Technology, and Policy: Connecting the Dots

          Ananth P. Chikkatur,1 Ankur Chaudhary,2 and Ambuj D. Sagar21ICF International, Fairfax, Virginia 22031; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Indian Institute of Technology Delhi, Hauz Khas, Delhi-110016, India; email: [email protected], [email protected]
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 101 - 138
          • ...whereas R&D budget increases of the order of two- to tenfold have been proposed by others (107, 151)....
        • Transportation and the Environment

          David Banister, Karen Anderton, David Bonilla, Moshe Givoni, and Tim SchwanenTransport Studies Unit, School of Geography and the Environment, University of Oxford, Oxford, OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 247 - 270
          • ...it usually does not feature high in the climate change debate (62)....
          • ...In the Stern framework (62), it is believed that early action in CO2 mitigation is the most cost-effective option, ...
        • Climate Risk

          Nathan E. Hultman,1 David M. Hassenzahl,2 and Steve Rayner31School of Public Policy, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742; email: [email protected]2School of Sustainability and the Environment, Chatham University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15232; email: [email protected]3Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, Saïd Business School, and James Martin 21st Century School, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 1HP, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 35: 283 - 303
          • ...in large part because precipitation depends inherently on hydrological and cloud processes with important interactions below the scale of the models (30)....
          • ...it is not clear what discount rate should be used (30, 55, 56) or how to handle intergenerational or income inequity....
        • Intergenerational Equity

          Geir B. AsheimDepartment of Economics, University of Oslo, NO-0317 Oslo, Norway; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Economics Vol. 2: 197 - 222
          • ...the debate on these issues, e.g., in connection with the Stern Review (Stern 2007), ...
        • Integrating Ecology and Economics in the Study of Ecosystem Services: Some Lessons Learned

          Stephen PolaskyDepartment of Applied Economics and Department of Ecology, Evolution, and Behavior, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108; email: [email protected]Kathleen Segerson*Department of Economics, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06269; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 409 - 434
          • ...Nordhaus & Boyer 2000, Tol 2005; but see Stern 2007 for a different view)....
        • Recent Developments in the Intertemporal Modeling of Uncertainty

          Christian P. TraegerDepartment of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 261 - 286
          • ...Following the Stern (2007) review of climate change, few economic parameters have been as hotly debated over the past years as the different contributions to the social discount rate....
          • ...The parameter choices of Stern (2007) can be approximated by δ = 0.1%, ...
          • ...The author runs the DICE-2007 with both the Stern (2007) (r = 1.4%) parameterization of the social discount rate and the above-cited values of Nordhaus (r = 5.5%)....
        • Integrated Ecological-Economic Models

          John TschirhartDepartment of Economics and Finance, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming 82071: email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 381 - 407
          • ...Stern 2007, Nordhaus 2007); there has been little debate on biodiversity loss....
        • Environmental Cost-Benefit Analysis

          Giles Atkinson and Susana MouratoDepartment of Geography and Environment and Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment, London School of Economics and Political Science, London, WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom, email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 317 - 344
          • ...The controversy that discounting can cause is nowhere more evident than in the dramatic findings of the Stern Review on the economics of climate change [Stern (130)] and the ensuing debate surrounding those conclusions....
          • ...early action far outweigh the economic costs of not acting” (130, ...
          • ...see Dietz et al. (140)]? The Stern Review (130) opts for the latter approach, ...
        • Preparing the U.S. Health Community for Climate Change

          Richard Jackson and Kyra Naumoff ShieldsDivision of Environmental Health Sciences, School of Public Health, University of California Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected], [email protected]
          Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 29: 57 - 73
          • ...A recent British report provides an indication of the financial impact of climate change; it concludes that the eventual cost of each ton of carbon dioxide added to the environment is approximately $95 (89)....
        • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

          Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
          • ...Anticipatory action is argued to be both more equitable and more effective than responses after events (8, 66)....

      • 7. 
        Nordhaus WD. 2008. A Question of Balance: Weighing the Options on Global Warming Policies. New Haven, CT: Yale Univ. Press
        • Google Scholar
        Article Location
        More AR articles citing this reference

        • Uncertainty Spillovers for Markets and Policy

          Lars Peter HansenDepartments of Economics and Statistics and Booth School of Business, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637, USA; email: [email protected]
          Annual Review of Economics Vol. 13: 371 - 396
          • Computational Methods in Environmental and Resource Economics

            Yongyang CaiDepartment of Agricultural, Environmental and Development Economics, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210, USA; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 11: 59 - 82
            • ... implements an iterative approach and applies MMR to climate policy analysis using DICE-2007 (Nordhaus 2008) under Knightian uncertainty across weights on environmental or growth objectives, ...
            • ...For example, New & Hulme (2000), Nordhaus (2008), Ackerman et al. (2010), and Anthoff & Tol (2013)...
            • ...in which its corresponding deterministic IAM is the annual analog of the DICE model (Nordhaus 2008)....
          • International Climate Change Policy

            Gabriel Chan,1 Robert Stavins,2 and Zou Ji31Humphrey School of Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455, USA; email: [email protected]2John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected]3Energy Foundation, Beijing 100004, China; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 335 - 360
            • ...including co-benefits and adverse side-effects) and cost-effectiveness (minimization of social costs for a given degree of environmental effectiveness) (Stern 2007, Nordhaus 2008)....
            • ...These approaches harmonize the rules of national policies—such as national carbon taxes (Nordhaus 2008, Metcalf & Weisbach 2009), ...
          • Managing Climate Change Under Uncertainty: Recursive Integrated Assessment at an Inflection Point

            Derek Lemoine1 and Ivan Rudik21Department of Economics, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics and Center for Agricultural and Rural Development, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 117 - 142
            • ...Ackerman et al. 2010; Anthoff & Tol 2013; Gillingham et al. 2015; Hope 2006; Nordhaus 2008, 2016), ...
            • ...We now quantify the channels analyzed in Section 4 in a recursive extension of the benchmark DICE-2007 IAM of Nordhaus (2008)....
            • ...perhaps all recursive IAMs have used either variants of the DICE model (Nordhaus 1992, 2008) or even simpler models....
          • Integrated Assessment Models of the Food, Energy, and Water Nexus: A Review and an Outline of Research Needs

            Catherine L. Kling,1 Raymond W. Arritt,2 Gray Calhoun,1 and David A. Keiser11Department of Economics and Center for Agricultural and Rural Development, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011; email: [email protected]2Department of Agronomy, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011
            Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 143 - 163
            • ... robust control framework to add uncertainty over specific modeling assumptions in the dynamic integrated climate–economy (DICE) model (Nordhaus 2008, Nordhaus & Boyer 2000)....
          • Climate Engineering Economics

            Garth Heutel,1 Juan Moreno-Cruz,2 and Katharine Ricke31Department of Economics, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302; email: [email protected]2School of Economics, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected]3Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 99 - 118
            • ...Several studies have adapted a commonly used integrated assessment model (IAM) called the Dynamic Integrated Climate Economy (DICE) model, described in Nordhaus (2008)....
          • Political Theory on Climate Change

            Melissa LaneDepartment of Politics, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 19: 107 - 123
            • ...economists and philosophers as well as political theorists have debated the appropriate discount rate for taking their welfare (or some alternative currency of justice) into account (in economics, see Nordhaus 1994, 2008, 2013...
          • Policy Making for the Long Term in Advanced Democracies

            Alan M. JacobsDepartment of Political Science, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia V6T 1Z1 Canada; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 19: 433 - 454
            • ...and of the long-run economic benefits of carbon taxes (Mityakov & Rühl 2009, Nordhaus 2008)—to consider but a few policy domains—point to large, ...
          • Optimal Taxation in the Macroeconomics of Climate Change

            Gustav Engström1 and Johan Gars21The Beijer Institute of Ecological Economics and2Global Economic Dynamics and the Biosphere, The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, SE-104 05 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
            Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 7: 127 - 150
            • ...Nordhaus’s work on building IAMs was pioneering in the area of climate change and carbon taxes (see, e.g., Nordhaus 1994, 2008...
            • ...In contrast to earlier studies based on ex ante uncertainty (Nordhaus 2008), ...
            • ...the DICE/RICE model prescribes a gradual increase in the carbon tax (see, e.g., Nordhaus 2008)....
          • The Long-Run Discount Rate Controversy

            Christian Gollier1 and James K. Hammitt1,21LERNA-INRA, Toulouse School of Economics (TSE), Toulouse 31042, France; email: [email protected]2Center for Risk Analysis, Harvard University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 273 - 295

          • 8. 
            Kolstad C, Urama K, Broome J, Bruvoll A, Carino Olvera M, et al. 2014. Social, economic and ethical concepts and methods. In Climate Change 2014: Mitigation of Climate Change. Contribution of Working Group III to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, ed. O Edenhofer, R Pichs-Madruga, Y Sokona, E Farahani, S Kadner, et al. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 9. 
            Broome J. 2012. Climate Matters: Ethics in a Warming World. New York: WW Norton
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Political Theory on Climate Change

              Melissa LaneDepartment of Politics, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 19: 107 - 123
              • ...; Arrow et al. 2013; in philosophy, see Broome 1994, 2012; in political theory, ...
              • ...or, more precisely, for the probabilities of harm engendered (Broome 2012)....

          • 10. 
            Gardiner SM. 2011. A Perfect Moral Storm: The Ethical Tragedy of Climate Change. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press
            • Crossref
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Political Theory on Climate Change

              Melissa LaneDepartment of Politics, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 19: 107 - 123
              • ...To classic accounts of the peculiarly difficult features of climate change as a moral and political problem (Gardiner 2011), ...

          • 11. 
            Hope C. 2013. Critical issues for the calculation of the social cost of CO2: why the estimates from PAGE09 are higher than those from PAGE2002. Clim. Change 117(3): 531–43
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 12. 
            Waldhoff S, Anthoff D, Rose S, Tol RSJ. 2014. The marginal damage costs of different greenhouse gases: an application of FUND. Economics 8(2014–31): 1–33
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 13. 
            Nordhaus WD. 2017. Revisiting the social cost of carbon. PNAS 114(7): 1518–23
            • Crossref
            • Medline
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Understanding the Improbable: A Survey of Fat Tails in Environmental Economics

              Marc N. Conte1 and David L. Kelly21Department of Economics, Fordham University, Bronx, New York 10458, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida 33146, USA; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 289 - 310
              • ...in the DICE model a carbon emissions–free economy currently costs only 7.4% of world GDP (Nordhaus 2017) and is declining....
            • Resource Management Under Catastrophic Threats

              Yacov Tsur1 and Amos Zemel21Department of Environmental Economics and Management, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot 7610001, Israel; email: [email protected]2Department of Solar Energy and Environmental Physics, The Jacob Blaustein Institutes for Desert Research, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva 8410501, Israel; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 403 - 425
              • ...three stand out in the climate policy landscape: DICE (Nordhaus 1992, 2017), ...
              • ...The 2016 version of DICE implicitly incorporates catastrophic damages by increasing the estimated damage from climate change by 25% to account for omitted sectors and nonmarket damages (Nordhaus 2017)...
              • ...3Evaluation and design of climate policies are often based on these models’ estimates of the SCC; see discussions in Greenstone et al. (2013), Nordhaus (2014, 2017), Metcalf & Stock (2017), ...
            • Uncertainty Spillovers for Markets and Policy

              Lars Peter HansenDepartments of Economics and Statistics and Booth School of Business, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637, USA; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Economics Vol. 13: 371 - 396
              • ...Weitzman 2012, Jensen & Traeger 2014, Cai et al. 2015, Nordhaus 2017, Hambel et al. 2018, ...
            • Climate Change and Forests

              Brent SohngenDepartment of Agricultural, Environmental, and Development Economics, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210, USA; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 23 - 43
              • ...which is slightly lower than the social cost of carbon calculated in Nordhaus (2017)....
              • ...Nordhaus 2017) to assess the role that forests could efficiently play in overall climate mitigation policy....

          • 14. 
            Golosov M, Hassler J, Krusell P, Tsyvinski A. 2014. Optimal taxes on fossil fuel in general equilibrium. Econometrica 82(1): 41–88
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Locations:
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Resource Management Under Catastrophic Threats

              Yacov Tsur1 and Amos Zemel21Department of Environmental Economics and Management, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot 7610001, Israel; email: [email protected]2Department of Solar Energy and Environmental Physics, The Jacob Blaustein Institutes for Desert Research, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva 8410501, Israel; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 403 - 425
              • .... Golosov et al. (2014) calculate the optimal carbon tax via a DICE-like IAM, ...
            • Uncertainty Spillovers for Markets and Policy

              Lars Peter HansenDepartments of Economics and Statistics and Booth School of Business, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637, USA; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Economics Vol. 13: 371 - 396
              • ...Our use of an asset pricing perspective to interpret the SCC follows in part discussions by Golosov et al. (2014)...
              • ...19Such a discussion follows in part from Golosov et al.'s (2014)...
            • The Consequences of Uncertainty: Climate Sensitivity and Economic Sensitivity to the Climate

              John Hassler,1,2,3,4 Per Krusell,1,2,3,5 and Conny Olovsson61Institute for International Economic Studies, S-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of Gothenburg, S-405 30 Gothenburg, Sweden3Center for Economic and Policy Research, London EC1V 0DX, United Kingdom4Society for Economic Measurement, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213, USA5National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA6Sveriges Riksbank, S-103 37 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Economics Vol. 10: 189 - 205
              • ...Our integrated assessment model is based on that of Golosov et al. (2014)....
              • ...We use the structure of Golosov et al. (2014), so we assume that the law of motion for the atmospheric stock of carbon St in excess of its preindustrial level is given by...
              • ...step two is typically modeled as convex—marginal global damages increase in temperature. Golosov et al. (2014) demonstrate that, ...
              • ...We follow Golosov et al. (2014), who use a coal price of $74/ton and a carbon content of 71.6%....
              • ...wind, waste, and other renewables, also from Golosov et al. (2014), ...
              • ...Again following Golosov et al. (2014), it is set to 300 GtC....
              • ...For the carbon cycle parameters, we also follow Golosov et al. (2014) and set φL=0.2, ...
              • ...we can use the formula of Golosov et al. (2014) for an optimal tax—the setting in this section is a special case of that described by Golosov et al....
            • Managing Climate Change Under Uncertainty: Recursive Integrated Assessment at an Inflection Point

              Derek Lemoine1 and Ivan Rudik21Department of Economics, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics and Center for Agricultural and Rural Development, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 117 - 142
              • ...a literature following Golosov et al. (2014) has developed analytic IAMs that do not require advanced numerical methods....
              • ... extends the analytic setting of Golosov et al. (2014) to maintain a unitary elasticity of intertemporal substitution (i.e., ...
            • Optimal Taxation in the Macroeconomics of Climate Change

              Gustav Engström1 and Johan Gars21The Beijer Institute of Ecological Economics and2Global Economic Dynamics and the Biosphere, The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, SE-104 05 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 7: 127 - 150
              • ...Examples include Acemoglu et al. (2012a), Hassler & Krusell (2012), and most recently Golosov et al. (2014)....
              • ...An exception is the study by Golosov et al. (2014), who develop their own full-scale DSGE IAM that can be computed almost completely in closed form....
              • ...Golosov et al. try to precisely estimate the optimal carbon tax....
              • ...and others for robustness analysis into a version of the Golosov et al. (2014) model that models uncertainty with regard to temperature dynamics, ...
              • ...The model of Golosov et al. (2014) provides a clear intuition for this result....
              • ...and relying on the simplified formula for the tax from Golosov et al. (2014), ...
              • ...In the formula of Golosov et al. (2014), this reality is captured by the marginal damages being given by the expectations of marginal damages....

          • 15. 
            van den Bijgaart I, Gerlagh R, Liski M. 2016. A simple formula for the social cost of carbon. J. Environ. Econ. Manag. 77: 75–94
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Locations:
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
          • 16. 
            Rezai A, van der Ploeg F. 2016. Intergenerational inequality aversion, growth, and the role of damages: Occam's rule for the global carbon tax. J. Assoc. Environ. Resour. Econ. 3(2): 493–522
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Locations:
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
          • 17. 
            Nordhaus WD. 2007. A review of the “Stern Review on the Economics of Climate Change.” J. Econ. Lit. 45(3): 686–702
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Discounting and Global Environmental Change

              Stephen Polasky1,2,3 and Nfamara K. Dampha3,41Department of Applied Economics, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Ecology, Evolution and Behavior, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA3Institute on the Environment, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected]4World Bank-UNHCR Joint Data Center, Washington, DC 20433, USA
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46:
              • ...whether it is a private investment in productive capital or an investment in greenhouse gas abatement to reduce future climate change impacts (78...
              • ...setting a discount rate based on the subjective preferences of moral philosophers rather than what is consistent with people's preferences is undemocratic (80, 82)....
              • ...Nordhaus used the DICE model to analyze what optimal climate policy would entail (29, 80, 81, 127, 132, 133)....
              • ...Nordhaus analyzed optimal climate policy using the market interest rate to discount future damages: “I generally use a benchmark real return on capital of around 6% per year” (80, ...
              • ...and rising to just over $200 in 2100, all expressed in 2005 constant dollars (80)....
              • ...Nordhaus used discount rates in the 5.5 to 6% range based on the real return to capital (80)....
              • ...tend to favor slower and more gradual reductions in greenhouse gas emissions (80, 81, 127, 132)....
            • Welfare, Wealth, and Sustainability

              Elena G. Irwin,1 Sathya Gopalakrishnan,1 and Alan Randall1,21Department of Agricultural, Environmental, and Development Economics, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210; email: [email protected], [email protected]2School of Economics and School of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Sydney, Sydney, New South Wales 2006, Australia; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 77 - 98
              • ...discussion of the response to catastrophic prospects was intensified by the Stern-Nordhaus debates on climate change in the mid-2000s (Nordhaus 2007, Stern 2007)....
            • Cumulative Carbon Emissions and the Green Paradox

              Frederick van der PloegDepartment of Economics, Oxford OX1 3UQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]Department of Economics, VU University Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, Netherlands
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 281 - 300
              • ...because there is no reason to favor the welfare of current generations over that of future, unborn generations (Nordhaus 2007, Stern 2007)....
            • Rare Macroeconomic Disasters

              Robert J. Barro1 and José F. Ursúa21Department of Economics, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]2Global Investment Research, Goldman Sachs, New York, NY 10282; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Economics Vol. 4: 83 - 109
              • ...In the environmental-economics literature related to climate change (Nordhaus 2007, Weitzman 2009), ...
            • Behavioral Economics and Environmental Policy

              Fredrik Carlsson and Olof Johansson-Stenman*Department of Economics, University of Gothenburg, SE 405 30 Gothenburg, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 75 - 99
              • ...The policy recommendation for global warming depends critically on the choice of discount rate ( Nordhaus 2007, Stern 2007)....
            • The Origins and Ideals of Water Resource Economics in the United States

              Ronald C. GriffinDepartment of Agricultural Economics, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas 77843; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 353 - 377
              • ...Although the more recent matter of climate change has drawn strong, renewed attention to the matter ( Nordhaus 2007), ...
            • (The Economics of) Discounting: Unbalanced Growth, Uncertainty, and Spatial Considerations

              Thomas Sterner and Efthymia KyriakopoulouDepartment of Economics, University of Gothenburg, Gothenburg 40530, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 285 - 301
              • ... 3Among the studies criticize the Stern review are Dasgupta (2007), Nordhaus (2007), Weitzman (2007), ...
            • Recent Developments in the Intertemporal Modeling of Uncertainty

              Christian P. TraegerDepartment of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 261 - 286
              • ...It turns out that differing assumptions in social discounting explain the major differences between most integrated assessments of climate change and mitigation policies (Plambeck et al. 1997, Nordhaus 2007, Weitzman 2007)....
              • ...I close with a recent illustration by Nordhaus (2007) of the importance of the social discount rate in climate change evaluation....
              • ...3The growth rate is endogenous in the DICE model and has been reconstructed from Nordhaus (2007, ...
            • Environmental Cost-Benefit Analysis

              Giles Atkinson and Susana MouratoDepartment of Geography and Environment and Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment, London School of Economics and Political Science, London, WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom, email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 317 - 344
              • ...Subsequent debate has focused on the evidence that underpinned this central conclusion [Nordhaus (131), ...
              • ...The substance of Nordhaus (131) and Weitzman (132) is that there is, ...

          • 18. 
            Weitzman ML. 2007. A review of the “Stern Review on the Economics of Climate Change.” J. Econ. Lit. 45(3): 703–24
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Discounting and Global Environmental Change

              Stephen Polasky1,2,3 and Nfamara K. Dampha3,41Department of Applied Economics, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Ecology, Evolution and Behavior, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA3Institute on the Environment, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected]4World Bank-UNHCR Joint Data Center, Washington, DC 20433, USA
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46:
              • ...Weitzman (135) finds that the strong policy conclusions are driven by the assumption of a very low interest rate....
              • ...Weitzman (135, p. 707) claims that “decent parameter values would be something like a ‘trio of twos’: δ = 2%, ...
              • ...Taking strong immediate action to reduce emissions provides “catastrophe insurance against the possibility of thick-tailed rare disasters” (135, ...
            • International Climate Change Policy

              Gabriel Chan,1 Robert Stavins,2 and Zou Ji31Humphrey School of Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455, USA; email: [email protected]2John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected]3Energy Foundation, Beijing 100004, China; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 335 - 360
              • ...whereas some have found it to be cost-effective but insufficient in its ambition (Stern 2007, Weitzman 2007)....
            • Opportunities for and Alternatives to Global Climate Regimes Post-Kyoto

              Axel MichaelowaInstitute of Political Science, University of Zurich, 8050 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 40: 395 - 417
              • ...however, finds the Protocol cost-effective for mitigation but insufficiently stringent (126)....
            • The Long-Run Discount Rate Controversy

              Christian Gollier1 and James K. Hammitt1,21LERNA-INRA, Toulouse School of Economics (TSE), Toulouse 31042, France; email: [email protected]2Center for Risk Analysis, Harvard University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 273 - 295
              • (The Economics of) Discounting: Unbalanced Growth, Uncertainty, and Spatial Considerations

                Thomas Sterner and Efthymia KyriakopoulouDepartment of Economics, University of Gothenburg, Gothenburg 40530, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 285 - 301
                • ...This uncertainty cannot leave future interest rates unaffected ( Gollier 2007, Weitzman 2007)....
                • ...To make clear how uncertainty affects the level of discount rates, we give an example that is presented in Weitzman (2007)....
                • ...This rate decreases monotonically over time from the expected interest rate r(0) = ∑ p ir i to an asymptotic limit of r(∞) = min i{ r i}. Weitzman (2007)...
                • ...uncertainty is expected to decrease discount rates over time ( Gollier 2007, Weitzman 2007)....
                • ... 3Among the studies criticize the Stern review are Dasgupta (2007), Nordhaus (2007), Weitzman (2007), ...
              • The New Economics of Evaluating Water Projects

                Per-Olov Johansson1 and Bengt Kriström21Department of Economics, Stockholm School of Economics, 11383 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]2Centre for Environmental & Resource Economics, SLU, Umeå University, 90187 Umeå, Sweden; email: Bengt.[email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 3: 231 - 254
                • ...According to Weitzman (2007), the pivotal assumption underpinning the Stern conclusion “. . . is the mundane fact that a very low interest rate is postulated.”11 Water projects typically involve substantial investment and benefits that accrue immediately after completion and over a longer period of time....
                • ...11Weitzman (2007) still finds that the Report may be “right for the wrong reason” because it essentially underestimates the risk for severe climatic change....
              • Intergenerational Equity

                Geir B. AsheimDepartment of Economics, University of Oslo, NO-0317 Oslo, Norway; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 2: 197 - 222
                • ...Some economists argue that normative theory on intergenerational equity leads to the arbitrary judgments of “philosopher kings” (Weitzman 2007, ...
              • Recent Developments in the Intertemporal Modeling of Uncertainty

                Christian P. TraegerDepartment of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 261 - 286
                • ...It turns out that differing assumptions in social discounting explain the major differences between most integrated assessments of climate change and mitigation policies (Plambeck et al. 1997, Nordhaus 2007, Weitzman 2007)....
                • ...I sidestep questions on the correlation between the stochastic process creating overall growth and the potentially random process characterizing payoffs from climate change mitigation projects (for more on this issue, see Weitzman 2007, Traeger 2009)....
              • Environmental Cost-Benefit Analysis

                Giles Atkinson and Susana MouratoDepartment of Geography and Environment and Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment, London School of Economics and Political Science, London, WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom, email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 317 - 344
                • ...Subsequent debate has focused on the evidence that underpinned this central conclusion [Nordhaus (131), Weitzman (132), ...
                • ...business as usual global emissions of greenhouse gases possibly leading to considerably lower future consumption levels than now) [Weitzman (132), ...
                • ...The substance of Nordhaus (131) and Weitzman (132) is that there is, ...
                • ...on the implication of future but uncertain climate catastrophes might require additional analytical tools [Weitzman (132)]....

            • 19. 
              Dimitrov RS. 2016. The Paris Agreement on climate change: behind closed doors. Glob. Environ. Polit. 14(2): 82–101
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 20. 
              Falkner R. 2016. The Paris Agreement and the new logic of international climate politics. Int. Aff. 92(5): 1107–25
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Three Decades of Climate Mitigation: Why Haven't We Bent the Global Emissions Curve?

                Isak Stoddard,1 Kevin Anderson,1,2 Stuart Capstick,3 Wim Carton,4 Joanna Depledge,5 Keri Facer,1,6 Clair Gough,2 Frederic Hache,7 Claire Hoolohan,2,3 Martin Hultman,8 Niclas Hällström,9 Sivan Kartha,10 Sonja Klinsky,11 Magdalena Kuchler,1 Eva Lövbrand,12 Naghmeh Nasiritousi,13,14 Peter Newell,15 Glen P. Peters,16 Youba Sokona,17 Andy Stirling,18 Matthew Stilwell,19 Clive L. Spash,20 and Mariama Williams171Natural Resources and Sustainable Development, Department of Earth Sciences, Uppsala University, SE-752 36 Uppsala, Sweden; email: [email protected]2Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, School of Engineering, University of Manchester, Manchester M13 9PL, United Kingdom3Centre for Climate Change and Social Transformation, School of Psychology, Cardiff University, Cardiff CF10 3AT, United Kingdom4Lund University Centre for Sustainability Studies, Lund University, SE-221 00 Lund, Sweden5Cambridge Centre for Environment, Energy and Natural Resource Governance, Cambridge University, Cambridge CB2 3QZ, United Kingdom6School of Education, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 1JA, United Kingdom7Green Finance Observatory, 1050 Brussels, Belgium8Department of Technology Development and Management, Chalmers University of Technology, SE-412 96 Gothenburg, Sweden9What Next?, SE-756 45 Uppsala, Sweden10Stockholm Environment Institute, Somerville, Massachusetts 02144, USA11School of Sustainability, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA12Department of Thematic Studies–Environmental Change, Linköping University, SE-581 83 Linköping, Sweden13Department of Political Science, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden14Swedish Institute of International Affairs, SE-114 28 Stockholm, Sweden15Department of International Relations, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9SN, United Kingdom16Center for International Climate Research, 0318 Oslo, Norway17The South Centre, 1219 Geneva, Switzerland18Science Policy Research Unit, Business School, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9RH, United Kingdom19Institute for Governance & Sustainable Development, Washington, DC 20007, USA20Institute for Multi-Level Governance and Development, WU Vienna University of Economics, 1020 Vienna, Austria
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46: 653 - 689
                • ...including legally binding targets combined with emissions trading for developed countries (as used in the Kyoto Protocol) versus the universal and voluntary policy pledges (as used in the Paris Agreement) (27, 31)....
              • Climate Change Litigation

                Jacqueline Peel1 and Hari M. Osofsky21Melbourne Law School, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria 3010, Australia; email: [email protected]2Penn State Law, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA
                Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 16: 21 - 38
                • ...invites—and perhaps even requires—activism by domestic political constituencies to hold governments to account for achieving the objectives set out in national commitments and ratcheting these up over time (Falkner 2016, Hale 2016)....
              • The Evolution of the UNFCCC

                Jonathan Kuyper,1,2 Heike Schroeder,3,4 and Björn-Ola Linnér5,6,71Department of Political Science, University of Oslo, 0317 Oslo, Norway; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden3School of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]4Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, School of Environmental Sciences, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom5Centre for Climate Science and Policy Research, Linköping University, 581 83 Linköping, Sweden; email: [email protected]6Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, Oxford University, Oxford OX2 6JP, United Kingdom7Stockholm Environment Institute, 104 51 Stockholm, Sweden
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 343 - 368
                • ...such as naming-and-shaming, providing expertise, and directing discussion at the COPs (110, 111)....
              • International Climate Change Policy

                Gabriel Chan,1 Robert Stavins,2 and Zou Ji31Humphrey School of Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455, USA; email: [email protected]2John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected]3Energy Foundation, Beijing 100004, China; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 335 - 360
                • ...the logic of the Paris Agreement's ratchet mechanism emphasizes political leadership, financial transfers, moral suasion, and norm setting (Falkner 2016)...

            • 21. 
              Adler MD, Treich N. 2015. Prioritarianism and climate change. Environ. Resour. Econ. 62(2): 279–308
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 22. 
              Adler M, Anthoff D, Bosetti V, Garner G, Keller K, Treich N. 2017. Priority for the worse-off and the social cost of carbon. Nat. Clim. Change 7(6): 443–49
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 23. 
              Fankhauser S, Tol RSJ, Pearce DW. 1997. The aggregation of climate change damages: a welfare theoretic approach. Environ. Resour. Econ. 10(3): 249–66
              • Crossref
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Discounting and Global Environmental Change

                Stephen Polasky1,2,3 and Nfamara K. Dampha3,41Department of Applied Economics, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Ecology, Evolution and Behavior, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA3Institute on the Environment, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected]4World Bank-UNHCR Joint Data Center, Washington, DC 20433, USA
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46:
                • ...is to weight benefits received by different groups based on their level of income or consumption, called equity weights (109...
              • The Social Cost of Carbon

                Richard S.J. Tol1,2,3,41Economic and Social Research Institute, Whitaker Square, Sir John Rogerson's Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland; email: [email protected]2Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, The Netherlands3Department of Spatial Economics, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam, The Netherlands4Department of Economics, Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 3: 419 - 443
                • ...different assumptions about the shape of the global welfare function can imply widely different estimates of the social cost of carbon (Anthoff et al. 2009; Fankhauser et al. 1997, 1998)....
              • Environmental Cost-Benefit Analysis

                Giles Atkinson and Susana MouratoDepartment of Geography and Environment and Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment, London School of Economics and Political Science, London, WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom, email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 317 - 344
                • ...Starting with Fankhauser et al. (99), there has been a resurgence of interest in equity weights in the literature on the distribution of the burden of climate change damage across countries [see also Azar (100)...

            • 24. 
              Arrow KJ, Fisher AC. 1974. Environmental preservation, uncertainty, and irreversibility. Q. J. Econ. 88(2): 312–19
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • The Economics of Kenneth J. Arrow: A Selective Review

                Eric S. Maskin1,21Department of Economics, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected]2International Laboratory of Decision Choice and Analysis, Higher School of Economics, Moscow 101000, Russia
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 11: 1 - 26
                • ...Arrow & Fisher (1974) (which derives the option value for environmental goods), ...
              • Adoption of Labor-Saving Technologies in Agriculture

                R. Karina Gallardo1 and Johannes Sauer21School of Economic Sciences, Puyallup Research and Extension Center, Center for Precision and Automated Agricultural Systems, Washington State University, Puyallup, Washington, 98371, USA; email: [email protected]2Agricultural Production and Resource Economics, Center of Life and Food Sciences Weihenstephan, Technical University of Munich, Munich 80290, Germany; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 185 - 206
                • ...Arrow & Fisher (1974) incorporated the timing of the investment decision, ...
              • Measuring the Bioeconomy: Economics and Policies

                Justus Wesseler1 and Joachim von Braun21Agricultural Economics and Rural Policy Group, Social Science Department, Wageningen University, 6706KN Wageningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]2Center for Development Research, University of Bonn, 53113 Bonn, Germany; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 275 - 298
                • ...delaying the investment might be the optimal choice because losses can be avoided. Arrow & Fisher (1974)...
              • Early Pioneers in Natural Resource Economics

                Gardner M. Brown,1 V. Kerry Smith,2 Gordon R. Munro,3 and Richard Bishop41Department of Economics, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 852873Vancouver School of Economics, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia V6T 1Z4, Canada4Department of Agricultural and Applied Economics, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 25 - 42
                • ...Later, thanks to Arrow & Fisher (1974) (and later, Hanemann 1989), we learned that his sensible intuition explained why we need to consider the conditional expected value of information in evaluating irreversible investments over time....
              • Adoption Versus Adaptation, with Emphasis on Climate Change

                David Zilberman,1 Jinhua Zhao,2 and Amir Heiman3 1Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected] 2Department of Economics, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824 3Department of Agricultural Economics and Management, Faculty of Agriculture, Food and Environment, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot, 76100, Israel
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 27 - 53
                • ...The real-options approach ( Arrow & Fisher 1974, Dixit & Pindyck 1994)...
              • The New Economics of Evaluating Water Projects

                Per-Olov Johansson1 and Bengt Kriström21Department of Economics, Stockholm School of Economics, 11383 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]2Centre for Environmental & Resource Economics, SLU, Umeå University, 90187 Umeå, Sweden; email: Bengt.[email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 3: 231 - 254
                • ... also discuss the concept of quasi-option value, a concept attributed to Arrow & Fisher (1974), Henry (1974), ...
              • Climate Risk

                Nathan E. Hultman,1 David M. Hassenzahl,2 and Steve Rayner31School of Public Policy, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742; email: [email protected]2School of Sustainability and the Environment, Chatham University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15232; email: [email protected]3Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, Saïd Business School, and James Martin 21st Century School, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 1HP, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 35: 283 - 303
                • ...but the optimizing tools of risk assessment may be inappropriate to determine the scale or timing of national or global policy strategies (101)....
                • ...Arrow & Fischer (101) first outlined firms' decision responses to environmental uncertainty....
              • Real Options in Resource Economics

                Esther W. Mezey and Jon M. ConradDepartment of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 2: 33 - 52
                • ...Weisbrod (1964) originally set forth the concept of option value for a park or hospital. Arrow & Fisher (1974), Henry (1974), Conrad (1980), ...
                • ...the seminal article by Arrow & Fisher (1974) was concerned with the amount of wilderness to develop when development was irreversible and the future value of wilderness was uncertain....
                • ...The literature subsequent to Arrow & Fisher (1974) continues to take the perspective of a government or social planner with the objective of allocating a natural resource or natural area between two competing and mutually exclusive uses: conservation and exploitation....
              • Invasive Species and Endogenous Risk

                David Finnoff,1 Chris McIntosh,2 Jason F. Shogren,1 Charles Sims,3 and Travis Warziniack41Department of Economics and Finance, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming 82071; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, Labovitz School of Business and Economics, University of Minnesota, Duluth, Minnesota 558123Department of Applied Economics, Utah State University, Logan, Utah 843224Alfred-Weber Institute, University of Heidelberg, D-69115 Heidelberg, Germany
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 2: 77 - 100
                • ...8This is a version of the result of Arrow & Fisher (1974)...
              • Integrating Ecology and Economics in the Study of Ecosystem Services: Some Lessons Learned

                Stephen PolaskyDepartment of Applied Economics and Department of Ecology, Evolution, and Behavior, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108; email: [email protected]Kathleen Segerson*Department of Economics, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06269; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 409 - 434
                • ...the concept of (quasi) option value incorporates irreversibility and uncertainty into an economic efficiency paradigm (Arrow & Fisher 1974, Dixit & Pindyck 1994)....
              • The Economics of Endangered Species

                Robert Innes2 and George Frisvold1 1Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; email: [email protected] 2School of Social Sciences, Humanities and Arts, University of California, Merced, California 95344; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 485 - 512
                • ...yield option values of conservation that motivate less development (Arrow & Fisher 1974)....
                • ...be forward-looking (not myopic) when designing the VCA in order to account for the positive option value of higher time-1 conservation (Arrow & Fisher 1974)....
                • ...Global benefits would also incorporate some measure of option value (Arrow & Fisher 1974, Fisher & Hanemann 1990)....
              • Irreversibility in Economics

                Charles Perrings1 and William Brock21School of Life Sciences, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Madison, Wisconsin 53706: email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 219 - 238
                • ...The literature most familiar to economists stems from seminal papers by Arrow & Fisher (1974)...
                • ...Arrow & Fisher (1974) defined an irreversible action as one that is infinitely costly to reverse, ...
                • ...most contributors to this literature have been concerned with actions that are difficult to reverse over relatively short periods. Arrow & Fisher (1974) argued, ...
                • ...The economic problem of irreversibility—for both Arrow & Fisher (1974) and Henry (1974)...
                • ...p. 1007). Arrow & Fisher (1974) were concerned with the social optimality of that bias, ...
                • ...Arrow & Fisher (1974) made a point of asserting that the only effect of irreversibility was to raise the cost of investment....
                • ...the uncertainty associated with the investment is likely to be very high, and the irreversibility effect identified by Arrow & Fisher (1974)...
                • ... completed the basic results on irreversibility and learning introduced by Arrow & Fisher (1974)...
                • ... also noted that all of the early models of the irreversibility effect (Arrow & Fisher 1974, Henry 1974, Freixas & Laffont 1984) assume intertemporal separability in the effect—i.e., ...
                • ...but they have not qualified the basic insights that flow from Arrow & Fisher (1974)...
                • ...This is the example of the felling redwoods cited by Arrow & Fisher (1974)....
                • ...then the optimal policy will reflect a classical irreversibility effect (sensu Arrow & Fisher 1974)....
                • ... and Arrow & Fisher (1974) indicated that the socially optimal outcome would be more conservative than the privately optimal outcome, ...

            • 25. 
              Henry C. 1974. Option values in the economics of irreplaceable assets. Rev. Econ. Stud. 41: 89–104
              • Crossref
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 26. 
              Kolstad CD. 1996. Fundamental irreversibilities in stock externalities. J. Public Econ. 60(2): 221–33
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Carbon Lock-In: Types, Causes, and Policy Implications

                Karen C. Seto,1 Steven J. Davis,2 Ronald B. Mitchell,3 Eleanor C. Stokes,1 Gregory Unruh,4 and Diana Ürge-Vorsatz51Yale School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]2Department of Earth System Science, University of California, Irvine, California 926973Department of Political Science and Program in Environmental Studies, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 974034New Century College, George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia 220305Center for Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Policy, Central European University, 1051 Budapest, Hungary
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 425 - 452
                • ...This conclusion conflicted with assertions from other scholars who argue that mitigation efforts should target more reversible—cheaper—capital stock (14)....
              • Invasive Species and Endogenous Risk

                David Finnoff,1 Chris McIntosh,2 Jason F. Shogren,1 Charles Sims,3 and Travis Warziniack41Department of Economics and Finance, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming 82071; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, Labovitz School of Business and Economics, University of Minnesota, Duluth, Minnesota 558123Department of Applied Economics, Utah State University, Logan, Utah 843224Alfred-Weber Institute, University of Heidelberg, D-69115 Heidelberg, Germany
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 2: 77 - 100
                • ...The effect of uncertainty on policy adoption is ambiguous when both the benefits and the costs of the policy are at least partially sunk (Kolstad 1996)....

            • 27. 
              Fisher AC, Narain U. 2003. Global warming, endogenous risk, and irreversibility. Environ. Resour. Econ. 25(4): 395–416
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Managing Climate Change Under Uncertainty: Recursive Integrated Assessment at an Inflection Point

                Derek Lemoine1 and Ivan Rudik21Department of Economics, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics and Center for Agricultural and Rural Development, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 117 - 142
                • ...there could be competing irreversibilities that make it a priori unclear whether reducing emissions increases flexibility to respond to information about different sources of uncertainty (see Fisher & Narain 2003)....
              • Real Options in Resource Economics

                Esther W. Mezey and Jon M. ConradDepartment of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 2: 33 - 52
                • ... and Fisher & Narain (2003) examine these opposing irreversibilities in two-period models....

            • 28. 
              Kolstad CD. 1996. Learning and stock effects in environmental regulation: the case of greenhouse gas emissions. J. Environ. Econ. Manag. 31(1): 1–18
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Real Options in Resource Economics

                Esther W. Mezey and Jon M. ConradDepartment of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 2: 33 - 52
                • ...Kolstad (1996) and Fisher & Narain (2003) examine these opposing irreversibilities in two-period models....
              • Environmental Cost-Benefit Analysis

                Giles Atkinson and Susana MouratoDepartment of Geography and Environment and Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment, London School of Economics and Political Science, London, WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom, email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 317 - 344
                • ...it has been called option value or real options [see, for example, Kolstad (143), ...
              • THE ECONOMICS OF “WHEN” FLEXIBILITY IN THE DESIGN OF GREENHOUSE GAS ABATEMENT POLICIES

                Michael A. Toman, Richard D. Morgenstern, and John AndersonResources for the Future, 1616 P St., NW, Washington, DC 20036; e-mail: http://[email protected]
                Annual Review of Energy and the Environment Vol. 24: 431 - 460
                • ...The reason, as Kolstad (52) notes, is that we currently operate in an environment with a lot of uncertainty about abatement costs and technology as well as climate change damages....
              • INTEGRATED ASSESSMENT MODELS OF GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE

                Edward A. Parson and and Karen Fisher-VandenCenter for Science and International Affairs, John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138
                Annual Review of Energy and the Environment Vol. 22: 589 - 628
                • ...which can be accomplished by carbon taxes of a few dollars per tonne and achieve gains on the order of 1% of world product (45, 48, 183, 184); and the result, ...

            • 29. 
              Clarke HR, Reed WJ. 1994. Consumption/pollution tradeoffs in an environment vulnerable to pollution-related catastrophic collapse. J. Econ. Dyn. Control. 18(5): 991–1010
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Resource Management Under Catastrophic Threats

                Yacov Tsur1 and Amos Zemel21Department of Environmental Economics and Management, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot 7610001, Israel; email: [email protected]2Department of Solar Energy and Environmental Physics, The Jacob Blaustein Institutes for Desert Research, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva 8410501, Israel; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 403 - 425
                • ..., and pollution-driven events (Clarke & Reed 1994, Tsur & Zemel 1998)....
                • ...Cropper 1976, Clarke & Reed 1994, Tsur & Zemel 1995, Aronsson et al. 1998)....
                • ...a large portion of the catastrophic event literature (see Clarke & Reed 1994...
              • Optimal Taxation in the Macroeconomics of Climate Change

                Gustav Engström1 and Johan Gars21The Beijer Institute of Ecological Economics and2Global Economic Dynamics and the Biosphere, The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, SE-104 05 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 7: 127 - 150
                • ...Cropper 1976, Clarke & Reed 1994, Tsur & Zemel 1998, Nævdal 2006, Polasky et al. 2011)....
              • Regime Shifts in Resource Management

                Aart de ZeeuwTilburg Sustainability Center, Department of Economics, Tilburg University, 5000 LE Tilburg, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 85 - 104
                • ...This is the focus of the early literature on catastrophic events (Reed 1988, Clarke & Reed 1994)....
              • Real Options in Resource Economics

                Esther W. Mezey and Jon M. ConradDepartment of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 2: 33 - 52
                • ...The above papers do not consider the possibility of catastrophic climate change. Clarke & Reed (1994) consider a model in which consumption generates emissions that contribute to a stock pollutant, ...

            • 30. 
              Tsur Y, Zemel A. 1996. Accounting for global warming risks: resource management under event uncertainty. J. Econ. Dyn. Control. 20(6–7): 1289–1305
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Resource Management Under Catastrophic Threats

                Yacov Tsur1 and Amos Zemel21Department of Environmental Economics and Management, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot 7610001, Israel; email: [email protected]2Department of Solar Energy and Environmental Physics, The Jacob Blaustein Institutes for Desert Research, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva 8410501, Israel; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 403 - 425
                • ...Examples include Kemp (1976, 1977), Cropper (1976), Heal (1984), and Tsur & Zemel (1994, 1995, 1996)....
                • ... considers a threshold in the form of atmospheric absorption capacity. Tsur & Zemel (1994, 1995, 1996) study three threshold cases: In the first, ...
                • ...Many climate-tipping events are of this kind (e.g., Tsur & Zemel 1996, Nævdal 2006, Lenton et al. 2008)...
                • ...one can express the expected discounted benefit of a nondecreasing P(t) process as (see Tsur & Zemel 1996 or the derivation of Equation 7 below for details) 6.  The problem of maximizing Equation 6 subject to Equation 1 given P(0) and feasibility constraints is termed the auxiliary problem, ...
                • ...implying that the steady state under occurrence risk must fall below the risk-free (nonevent) steady state; i.e., (see Tsur & Zemel 1996)....
              • Regime Shifts in Resource Management

                Aart de ZeeuwTilburg Sustainability Center, Department of Economics, Tilburg University, 5000 LE Tilburg, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 85 - 104
                • ...A way to model uncertainty is by means of a hazard rate that has the advantage that the analysis is tractable (Reed 1988, Tsur & Zemel 1996)....
                • ...This property is an important reason for using the hazard rate model for uncertainty (Reed 1988, Tsur & Zemel 1996)....
              • Real Options in Resource Economics

                Esther W. Mezey and Jon M. ConradDepartment of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 2: 33 - 52
                • ...Tsur & Zemel (1996) construct a model in which climate catastrophe is triggered if and when the stock pollutant reaches or exceeds a critical but unknown threshold, ...

            • 31. 
              Yohe G, Andronova N, Schlesinger M. 2004. To hedge or not against an uncertain climate future? Science 306(October): 416–17
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 32. 
              Knight F. 1921. Risk, Uncertainty and Profit. Boston: Houghton Mifflin
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • On the Coevolution of Economic and Ecological Systems

                Simon Levin1 and Anastasios Xepapadeas2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, University of Bologna, 40126 Bologna, Italy
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 355 - 377
                • ...This approach goes back to ideas developed by Keynes (1921), Knight (1921), ...
                • ...can be assigned to states of the world—and uncertainty. Αs Frank Knight (1921) suggested, ...
              • Macroeconomic Models for Monetary Policy: A Critical Review from a Finance Perspective

                Winston W. Dou,1 Andrew W. Lo,2,3 Ameya Muley,4 and Harald Uhlig51Department of Finance, The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104, USA; email: [email protected]2Sloan School of Management, Laboratory for Financial Engineering, and Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142, USA; email: [email protected]3Santa Fe Institute, Santa Fe, New Mexico 87501, USA4Department of Economics, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142, USA; email: [email protected]5Department of Economics, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Financial Economics Vol. 12: 95 - 140
                • ...Note that the use of the term “uncertainty” here is different from “Knightian uncertainty,” which emphasizes situations where agents cannot know all the information they need to set accurate odds (e.g., Hansen & Sargent 2008, Knight 1921)....
              • Variance Risk Premia, Asset Predictability Puzzles, and Macroeconomic Uncertainty

                Hao ZhouPBC School of Finance, Tsinghua University, Beijing 100083, China; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Financial Economics Vol. 10: 481 - 497
                • ...in the context of CAPM or C-CAPM, and the volatility uncertainty, in the context of Knight (1921)....
              • Are Cattle Markets the Last Frontier? Vertical Coordination in Animal-Based Procurement Markets

                John M. Crespi1 and Tina L. Saitone21Department of Economics, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of California, Davis, California 95616, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 207 - 227
                • ...and a renter? How far could the atomization go, and why and where does it stop? Knight (1921), Coase (1937), ...
              • Risk and Uncertainty Communication

                David SpiegelhalterCentre for Mathematical Sciences, University of Cambridge, CB3 0WB Cambridge, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Statistics and Its Application Vol. 4: 31 - 60
                • ...those with an economics and social science background often adopt the distinction (Knight 1921) between risk, ...
              • Decision Analysis for Management of Natural Hazards

                Michael Simpson,1 Rachel James,1 Jim W. Hall,1 Edoardo Borgomeo,1 Matthew C. Ives,1 Susana Almeida,2 Ashley Kingsborough,1 Theo Economou,3 David Stephenson,3 and Thorsten Wagener2,41Environmental Change Institute, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Civil Engineering, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 1TR, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]3Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, University of Exeter, Exeter EX4 4QF, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]4Cabot Institute, Royal Fort House, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 1UJ, United Kingdom
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 489 - 516
                • ...the situation can be recognized as Knight's (161) problem of “decision making under uncertainty,” in which no probability distribution is available over the future states of nature....
              • Approaching the Econo-Socio-Legal

                Amanda Perry-KessarisKent Law School, University of Kent, Canterbury, Kent CT2 7NZ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 11: 57 - 74
                • ...and it is important because it prevents economic actors from quantifying, and dealing with, the risk (Knight 1921, ...
              • The Emergence of Global Systemic Risk

                Miguel A. Centeno,1 Manish Nag,1 Thayer S. Patterson,2 Andrew Shaver,3 and A. Jason Windawi11Department of Sociology,2PIIRS Global Systemic Risk Research Community,3Woodrow Wilson School, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 41: 65 - 85
                • ...These paradoxes profoundly complicate the taken-for-granted status of Knight's (1921) classic distinction by linking the proliferation of unknown risks, ...
                • ...1We are not referring to the pure Knightian definition of risk as a calculable “measurable uncertainty” (Knight 1921)....
              • Knowledge-Based Hierarchies: Using Organizations to Understand the Economy

                Luis Garicano1 and Esteban Rossi-Hansberg21Department of Management and Department of Economics, London School of Economics, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics and Woodrow Wilson School, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544-1021; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 7: 1 - 30
                • ...The importance of understanding organizations has been acknowledged at least since Knight’s (1921)...
              • Statistics and Quantitative Risk Management for Banking and Insurance

                Paul Embrechts1,2,3 and Marius Hofert1,21RiskLab,2Department of Mathematics, and3Swiss Finance Institute, ETH Zurich, 8092 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Statistics and Its Application Vol. 1: 493 - 514
                • ...We do not enter into the very important discussion around “risk and uncertainty” (Knight 1921) on the various “knowns, ...
              • Finance and Governance in Developing Economies

                Randall MorckAlberta School of Business, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada T6E 2T9, and National Bureau of Economic Research; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Financial Economics Vol. 3: 375 - 406
                • ...family firms are not without governance problems (Bertrand & Schoar 2006). Schumpeter (1911), Knight (1921, ...
              • Empirical Challenges for Risk Preferences and Production

                David R. Just,1 Sivalai V. Khantachavana,1 and Richard E. Just21Department of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected]2Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 2: 13 - 31
                • ...Knight (1921) was the first modern economist to formalize a theory....

            • 33. 
              Etner J, Jeleva M, Tallon JM. 2012. Decision theory under ambiguity. J. Econ. Surv. 26(2): 234–70
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 34. 
              Gilboa I. 2009. Theory of Decision Under Uncertainty. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
              • Crossref
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • New Perspectives on Statistical Decisions Under Ambiguity

                Jörg StoyeDepartment of Economics, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 4: 257 - 282
                • ...Most of these axioms have received much discussion (see Gilboa 2009...

            • 35. 
              Athanassoglou S, Xepapadeas A. 2012. Pollution control with uncertain stock dynamics: when, and how, to be precautious. J. Environ. Econ. Manag. 63: 304–20
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Resource Management Under Catastrophic Threats

                Yacov Tsur1 and Amos Zemel21Department of Environmental Economics and Management, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot 7610001, Israel; email: [email protected]2Department of Solar Energy and Environmental Physics, The Jacob Blaustein Institutes for Desert Research, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva 8410501, Israel; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 403 - 425
                • ...they provide a measure of precaution in ecosystem management. Athanassoglou & Xepapadeas (2012) analyze optimal pollution control under misspecified stochastic pollution dynamics by using the robust control methodology....
              • On the Coevolution of Economic and Ecological Systems

                Simon Levin1 and Anastasios Xepapadeas2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, University of Bologna, 40126 Bologna, Italy
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 355 - 377
                • ...Robust control methods have been applied in climate change (Athanassoglou & Xepapadeas 2012, Barnett et al. 2020), ...
              • Computational Methods in Environmental and Resource Economics

                Yongyang CaiDepartment of Agricultural, Environmental and Development Economics, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 11: 59 - 82
                • ...with both risk aversion and ambiguity aversion. Athanassoglou & Xepapadeas (2012) implement the robust control framework to consider an analytical pollution control problem, ...
              • Optimal Control in Space and Time and the Management of Environmental Resources

                W.A. Brock,1,2 A. Xepapadeas,3,* and A.N. Yannacopoulos41Department of Economics, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri 652113Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]4Department of Statistics, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 33 - 68
                • ...Roseta-Palma & Xepapadeas 2004, Asano 2010, Vardas & Xepapadeas 2010, Athanassoglou & Xepapadeas 2012)....

            • 36. 
              Millner A, Dietz S, Heal GM. 2013. Scientific ambiguity and climate policy. Environ. Resour. Econ. 55(1): 21–46
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Uncertainty Spillovers for Markets and Policy

                Lars Peter HansenDepartments of Economics and Statistics and Booth School of Business, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 13: 371 - 396
                • ...this same perspective also allows researchers to better understand the components to the social cost in more general settings. Millner et al. (2013)...
                • ...18Initial applications of smooth ambiguity models to the economics of climate change can be found in work by Millner et al. (2013)...
              • Welfare, Wealth, and Sustainability

                Elena G. Irwin,1 Sathya Gopalakrishnan,1 and Alan Randall1,21Department of Agricultural, Environmental, and Development Economics, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210; email: [email protected], [email protected]2School of Economics and School of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Sydney, Sydney, New South Wales 2006, Australia; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 77 - 98
                • ...and they are not independent because different climate models share much of the same structure and data (Millner et al. 2013)....
                • ...The term ambiguity arises in a variety of guises. Millner et al. (2013)...

            • 37. 
              Lemoine D, Traeger C. 2014. Watch your step: optimal policy in a tipping climate. Am. Econ. J. Econ. Policy. 6(1): 137–66
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Resource Management Under Catastrophic Threats

                Yacov Tsur1 and Amos Zemel21Department of Environmental Economics and Management, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot 7610001, Israel; email: [email protected]2Department of Solar Energy and Environmental Physics, The Jacob Blaustein Institutes for Desert Research, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva 8410501, Israel; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 403 - 425
                • ...Note that increasing processes following Paux(t) show some form of experimentation (Groeneveld et al. 2014, Lemoine & Traeger 2014, Diekert 2017, Gerlagh & Liski 2018, Chen 2020, Liski & Salanié 2020) because they keep updating our information regarding the threshold location....
              • Computational Methods in Environmental and Resource Economics

                Yongyang CaiDepartment of Agricultural, Environmental and Development Economics, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 11: 59 - 82
                • ...Lemoine & Traeger (2014) apply this trick to solve a four-dimensional dynamic stochastic IAM based on a reduced system of DICE....
                • ...In addition, Lemoine & Traeger (2014) implement tensor-product Chebyshev approximation and MATLAB....
                • ...Lemoine & Traeger (2014) use the stopping criterion where are value function approximation coefficients of tensor-product Chebyshev polynomials at the k-th iteration....
                • ...then the errors could be huge too. Lemoine & Traeger (2014) use 10,000, ...
              • Managing Climate Change Under Uncertainty: Recursive Integrated Assessment at an Inflection Point

                Derek Lemoine1 and Ivan Rudik21Department of Economics, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics and Center for Agricultural and Rural Development, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 117 - 142
                • ...the magnitude of the increase in the optimal emission tax depends on the physical consequences of tipping (Lemoine & Traeger 2014), ...
                • ...on assumptions about the policy maker's ability to learn about tipping points prior to triggering them (Lemoine & Traeger 2014), ...
                • ...10Lemoine & Traeger (2014) use the value function to tease apart the different channels through which potential tipping points affect policy. Lemoine & Traeger (2016a)...
                • ... shows that his transition equations may fit the desired climate dynamics better than does the larger set of transition equations in the full DICE model. Lemoine & Traeger (2014) approximate the omitted states as functions of the tracked states....
              • Welfare, Wealth, and Sustainability

                Elena G. Irwin,1 Sathya Gopalakrishnan,1 and Alan Randall1,21Department of Agricultural, Environmental, and Development Economics, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210; email: [email protected], [email protected]2School of Economics and School of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Sydney, Sydney, New South Wales 2006, Australia; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 77 - 98
                • ...numerical models show that different types of climate shifts that can occur in the post tipping regime can result in optimal policy paths that are qualitatively different before the tipping point is reached (Lemoine & Traeger 2014)....
                • ...optimal policy adjustments involve more stringent regulation (a carbon tax in most cases) that can reduce the probability (Lemoine & Traeger 2014)...
              • Climate Engineering Economics

                Garth Heutel,1 Juan Moreno-Cruz,2 and Katharine Ricke31Department of Economics, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302; email: [email protected]2School of Economics, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected]3Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 99 - 118
                • ...and IAMs like DICE have been modified to include them (Lemoine & Traeger 2014)....
              • Optimal Taxation in the Macroeconomics of Climate Change

                Gustav Engström1 and Johan Gars21The Beijer Institute of Ecological Economics and2Global Economic Dynamics and the Biosphere, The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, SE-104 05 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 7: 127 - 150
                • ...Examples include papers by Lemoine & Traeger (2014) and Cai et al. (2013)...
                • ...the avert-risk effect constitutes a large part of the force generating a rise in the carbon tax due to the potential tipping point. Lemoine & Traeger also consider the possibility that the policy maker is a Bayesian learner who recognizes that temperatures that historically did not imply that a tipping point had been reached will also not imply such an event in the future, ...
                • ...Lemoine & Traeger (2014) find a different effect of potential learning on the policy ramp....
              • Regime Shifts in Resource Management

                Aart de ZeeuwTilburg Sustainability Center, Department of Economics, Tilburg University, 5000 LE Tilburg, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 85 - 104
                • ... present the consequences of this type of shift in a model on climate and growth. Lemoine & Traeger (2014) also analyze climate tipping in a model on climate and growth, ...

            • 38. 
              Lenton TM, Held H, Kriegler E, Hall JW, Lucht W, et al. 2008. Tipping elements in the Earth's climate system. PNAS 105(6): 1786–93
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Resource Management Under Catastrophic Threats

                Yacov Tsur1 and Amos Zemel21Department of Environmental Economics and Management, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot 7610001, Israel; email: [email protected]2Department of Solar Energy and Environmental Physics, The Jacob Blaustein Institutes for Desert Research, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva 8410501, Israel; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 403 - 425
                • ...entail tipping points in the Earth's climate system (Alley et al. 2003, Lenton et al. 2008)....
                • ...Many climate-tipping events are of this kind (e.g., Tsur & Zemel 1996, Nævdal 2006, Lenton et al. 2008)...
              • On the Coevolution of Economic and Ecological Systems

                Simon Levin1 and Anastasios Xepapadeas2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, University of Bologna, 40126 Bologna, Italy
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 355 - 377
                • ...as well as for the underlying hydrodynamics (Lenton et al. 2008)....
                • ...The emergence of regulatory hot spots is important in the analysis of climate change because of the existence of tipping points (Lenton et al. 2008), ...
              • The Boundaries of the Planetary Boundary Framework: A Critical Appraisal of Approaches to Define a “Safe Operating Space” for Humanity

                Frank Biermann and Rakhyun E. KimCopernicus Institute of Sustainable Development, Utrecht University, 3584 CB Utrecht, The Netherlands; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 45: 497 - 521
                • ...more general studies on critical transitions and tipping points in the earth system relate to the planetary boundaries approach (8...
              • Is Natural Capital Really Substitutable?

                François Cohen,1 Cameron J. Hepburn,1 and Alexander Teytelboym1,21Smith School for Enterprise and the Environment and Institute for New Economic Thinking at the Oxford Martin School, University of Oxford, Oxford OX2 6, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics and St. Catherine's College, University of Oxford, Oxford OX2 6, United Kingdom
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 425 - 448
                • ...even small changes in natural capital can lead to nonmarginal impacts because of tipping points (73, 74)....
              • Arctic and Antarctic Sea Ice Change: Contrasts, Commonalities, and Causes

                Ted MaksymDepartment of Applied Ocean Physics and Engineering, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, Woods Hole, Massachusetts 02543, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 11: 187 - 213
                • ...beyond which irreversible changes in ice extent changes would lead rapidly to an ice-free Arctic in summer (e.g., Lenton et al. 2008)....
              • Climate Change and International Relations (After Kyoto)

                Arild Underdal1,21Department of Political Science, University of Oslo, Oslo 0317, Norway; email: [email protected]2Center for International Climate and Environmental Research—Oslo (CICERO), Oslo 0318, Norway
                Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 20: 169 - 188
                • ...characterized by “tipping points” at which abrupt, perhaps irreversible change is likely (Lenton et al. 2008)....
              • Climate Engineering Economics

                Garth Heutel,1 Juan Moreno-Cruz,2 and Katharine Ricke31Department of Economics, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302; email: [email protected]2School of Economics, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected]3Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 99 - 118
                • ...Some examples of CTPs include the collapse of the West Antarctic ice sheet or a disruption of the thermohaline circulation (Lenton et al. 2008)....
                • ...Most articles about CTPs have focused on climatological effects (Lenton et al. 2008, Lockwood 2011, Zickfeld et al. 2010)....
              • Inclusive Wealth as a Metric of Sustainable Development

                Stephen Polasky,1,2, Benjamin Bryant,3 Peter Hawthorne,2 Justin Johnson,2 Bonnie Keeler,2 and Derric Pennington2,41Department of Applied Economics,2Natural Capital Project, Institute on the Environment, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]3Natural Capital Project, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]4World Wildlife Fund, Washington, DC 20037; email; [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 40: 445 - 466
                • ...A particularly difficult issue with the adequacy of inclusive wealth as a metric of sustainable development comes from the potential for rapid shifts in future conditions that are possible with nonlinear dynamics in complex systems (97, 98)....
              • Optimal Taxation in the Macroeconomics of Climate Change

                Gustav Engström1 and Johan Gars21The Beijer Institute of Ecological Economics and2Global Economic Dynamics and the Biosphere, The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, SE-104 05 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 7: 127 - 150
                • ...There is a growing concern among environmental and climate scientists that the continuing increase in carbon dioxide emissions may trigger abrupt and possibly irreversible changes to the dynamics of the Earth’s system (Alley et al. 2003, Lenton et al. 2008, Smith et al. 2009).27 Most large-scale IAMs have, ...
              • International Environmental Agreements

                Aart de ZeeuwTilburg Sustainability Center, Department of Economics, Tilburg University, 5000 LE Tilburg, the Netherlands; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 7: 151 - 168
                • ...is expected to occur in the form of a nonmarginal shock or a catastrophe (Lenton et al. 2008)....
              • Regime Shifts in Resource Management

                Aart de ZeeuwTilburg Sustainability Center, Department of Economics, Tilburg University, 5000 LE Tilburg, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 85 - 104
                • ...the climate system may shift to a different state (Stern 2007, Lenton et al. 2008), ...
              • Implications of Arctic Sea Ice Decline for the Earth System

                Uma S. Bhatt,1,2 Donald A. Walker,3,4 John E. Walsh,5 Eddy C. Carmack,8 Karen E. Frey,9 Walter N. Meier,10 Sue E. Moore,11 Frans-Jan W. Parmentier,12 Eric Post,13 Vladimir E. Romanovsky,2,6 and William R. Simpson2,71Department of Atmospheric Sciences,2College of Natural Science and Mathematics and Geophysical Institute,3Department of Biology and Wildlife,4College of Natural Science and Mathematics and Institute of Arctic Biology,5International Arctic Research Center,6Department of Geology and Geophysics,7Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Alaska 99775; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]8Institute of Ocean Sciences, Fisheries and Oceans Canada, Sidney, British Columbia V8L 4B2, Canada; email: [email protected]9Graduate School of Geography, Clark University, Worcester, Massachusetts 01610; email: [email protected]10NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, Greenbelt, Maryland 20771; email: [email protected]11NOAA/Fisheries Office of Science & Technology, Seattle, Washington 98105; email: [email protected]12Department of Physical Geography and Ecosystem Science, Lund University, 223 62 Lund, Sweden; Arctic Research Center, Aarhus University, Aarhus DK-8000, Denmark; email: [email protected]13Polar Center and Department of Biology, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 57 - 89
                • ...wherein regime shifts, tipping points, system cascade, and surprise must be expected (134)....
              • Environmental Tipping Points

                Timothy M. LentonCollege of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Exeter, Exeter EX4 4PS, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 1 - 29
                • ...the many adopters of the phrase tipping point have included environmental scientists trying to articulate the prospect of passing thresholds in the climate system or in ecosystems (3)....
                • ...there is currently much excitement about generic early warning indicators for one important class of tipping points (3...
                • ...both fields have been reviewed already, quite exhaustively for ecosystems (13–18), less so for climate (3, 19...
                • ...The conception of tipping points in climatology (3), of regime shifts in ecology (13)...
                • ...Previous work has identified a short list of tipping elements in Earth's climate system (3)....
                • ...Tipping elements are at least subcontinental-scale (1,000 km or greater in length) subsystems of the Earth system that can exhibit a tipping point (3)....
                • ...Estimates of the proximity of these tipping points have been collated (3)...
                • ...We are at the lower end of this temperature range, and the GIS is already losing mass (3)....
                • ...The WAIS is probably further from a tipping point than the GIS, but this is more uncertain (3, 113), ...
              • Global Climate Forcing by Criteria Air Pollutants

                Nadine UngerSchool of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 1 - 24
                • ...reducing the rate of warming (important for adaptation of ecosystems), and simultaneously improving air quality (23, 24)....
                • ...the temperature thresholds for critical policy-relevant “tipping elements” in the climate system at which the state is altered into a different mode of operation have been assessed (23)....
              • Life is Physics: Evolution as a Collective Phenomenon Far From Equilibrium

                Nigel Goldenfeld1 and Carl Woese1,21Department of Physics, Center for the Physics of Living Cells, and Institute for Genomic Biology, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Urbana, Illinois 61801; email: [email protected]2Department of Microbiology, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Urbana, IL 61801
                Annual Review of Condensed Matter Physics Vol. 2: 375 - 399
                • ...but also in ecology (14–18), immunology (19, 20), microbiology (21–23), and even global climate change (24...

            • 39. 
              Smith JB, Schneider SH, Oppenheimer M, Yohe GW, Hare W, et al. 2009. Assessing dangerous climate change through an update of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) “Reasons for Concern.” PNAS 106(11): 4133–37
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Toward the Next Generation of Assessment

                Katharine J. Mach1 and Christopher B. Field21Department of Earth System Science, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]2Stanford Woods Institute for the Environment, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 569 - 597
                • ...The focus, rooted in past IPCC reports (e.g., 19, 31–33), has increasingly been advanced in other climate-related contexts (e.g., ...
              • Coral Reefs Under Climate Change and Ocean Acidification: Challenges and Opportunities for Management and Policy

                Kenneth R.N. AnthonyAustralian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville 4810, Queensland, Australia; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 59 - 81
                • ...climate change also influences pollutant runoff from the land; this is the case particularly if flood events are preceded by deeper droughts (128)...
              • Optimal Taxation in the Macroeconomics of Climate Change

                Gustav Engström1 and Johan Gars21The Beijer Institute of Ecological Economics and2Global Economic Dynamics and the Biosphere, The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, SE-104 05 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 7: 127 - 150
                • ...There is a growing concern among environmental and climate scientists that the continuing increase in carbon dioxide emissions may trigger abrupt and possibly irreversible changes to the dynamics of the Earth’s system (Alley et al. 2003, Lenton et al. 2008, Smith et al. 2009).27 Most large-scale IAMs have, ...
              • Climate Change Politics

                Thomas BernauerCenter for Comparative and International Studies and Institute for Environmental Decisions, ETH Zurich, CH-8092 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 16: 421 - 448
                • ...extreme weather events, and sea-level rise (IPCC 2007, Smith et al. 2009). ...
              • The Effect of Ocean Acidification on Calcifying Organisms in Marine Ecosystems: An Organism-to-Ecosystem Perspective

                Gretchen E. Hofmann,1 James P. Barry,2 Peter J. Edmunds,3 Ruth D. Gates,4 David A. Hutchins,5 Terrie Klinger,6 and Mary A. Sewell71Department of Ecology, Evolution and Marine Biology, University of California, Santa Barbara, Santa Barbara, California 93106-9620; email: [email protected]2Monterey Bay Aquarium Research Institute, Moss Landing, California 950393Department of Biology, California State University, Northridge, California 91330-83034Hawaii Institute of Marine Biology, University of Hawaii, Kaneohe, Hawaii 967445Department of Biological Sciences, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California 90089-03716School of Marine Affairs, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98105-67157School of Biological Sciences, The University of Auckland, Auckland 1142, New Zealand
                Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 41: 127 - 147
                • ...The atmospheric global average level of CO2 has increased from preindustrial levels of ∼280ppm to nearly 385ppm and is projected to increase to 500–1,000ppm CO2 by the end of the 21st century (Meehl et al. 2007, Smith et al. 2009)....
              • Climate Risk

                Nathan E. Hultman,1 David M. Hassenzahl,2 and Steve Rayner31School of Public Policy, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742; email: [email protected]2School of Sustainability and the Environment, Chatham University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15232; email: [email protected]3Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, Saïd Business School, and James Martin 21st Century School, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 1HP, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 35: 283 - 303
                • ...This parallel evaluation of disparate “reasons for concern” was developed during consultations for the IPCC Fourth Assessment Report (though it was not included in it); subsequent research by Smith et al. (71) refined the approach, ...

            • 40. 
              Atkinson G, Mourato S. 2008. Environmental cost-benefit analysis. Annu. Rev. Environ. Resour. 33: 317–44
              • Link
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
            • 41. 
              Sterner T, Persson UM. 2008. An even Sterner review: introducing relative prices into the discounting debate. Rev. Environ. Econ. Policy. 2(1): 61–76
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Discounting and Global Environmental Change

                Stephen Polasky1,2,3 and Nfamara K. Dampha3,41Department of Applied Economics, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Ecology, Evolution and Behavior, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA3Institute on the Environment, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected]4World Bank-UNHCR Joint Data Center, Washington, DC 20433, USA
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46: 691 - 717
                • ...Changes in relative prices giving rise to lower discount rates on environmental benefits have since been applied to cases involving climate change (47), ...
              • (The Economics of) Discounting: Unbalanced Growth, Uncertainty, and Spatial Considerations

                Thomas Sterner and Efthymia KyriakopoulouDepartment of Economics, University of Gothenburg, Gothenburg 40530, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 285 - 301
                • ...these authors show that the significance of these effects depends on the growth rate of the economy (or on the properties of the economy's technology) and on social preferences; see also Sterner & Persson (2008) for an application to climate economics....

            • 42. 
              Traeger CP. 2011. Sustainability, limited substitutability, and non-constant social discount rates. J. Environ. Econ. Manag. 62(2): 215–28
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Discounting and Global Environmental Change

                Stephen Polasky1,2,3 and Nfamara K. Dampha3,41Department of Applied Economics, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Ecology, Evolution and Behavior, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA3Institute on the Environment, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected]4World Bank-UNHCR Joint Data Center, Washington, DC 20433, USA
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46: 691 - 717
                • ...Traeger (51) derives discount rates for multiple goods when there is limited substitutability....
              • (The Economics of) Discounting: Unbalanced Growth, Uncertainty, and Spatial Considerations

                Thomas Sterner and Efthymia KyriakopoulouDepartment of Economics, University of Gothenburg, Gothenburg 40530, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 285 - 301
                • ... and Guesnerie (2004) or more general analyses in Gollier (2008) and Traeger (2011). 5 ...
                • ... Traeger (2011) decomposes the determinants of the social discount rates into a real substitutability effect and an overall growth effect....
                • ... show that environmental deterioration and the slow growth of some sectors imply the use of smaller discount rates in those sectors (which in the case of the environment may act as an incentive to preserve it). Traeger (2011) provides the most recent and most rigorous analysis here, ...

            • 43. 
              Heck V, Gerten D, Lucht W, Popp A. 2018. Biomass-based negative emissions difficult to reconcile with planetary boundaries. Nat. Clim. Change 8: 151–55
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • The Boundaries of the Planetary Boundary Framework: A Critical Appraisal of Approaches to Define a “Safe Operating Space” for Humanity

                Frank Biermann and Rakhyun E. KimCopernicus Institute of Sustainable Development, Utrecht University, 3584 CB Utrecht, The Netherlands; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 45: 497 - 521
                • ...policies to reduce the pressure on one planetary boundary may have positive or negative side effects on other boundaries (111...
                • ...More classical environmental economists continue to argue within the more traditional economic paradigm that clever design of effective policies (111) can help to protect planetary boundaries....
              • Land-Management Options for Greenhouse Gas Removal and Their Impacts on Ecosystem Services and the Sustainable Development Goals

                Pete Smith,1 Justin Adams,2 David J. Beerling,3 Tim Beringer,4 Katherine V. Calvin,5 Sabine Fuss,6,7 Bronson Griscom,8 Nikolas Hagemann,9,10 Claudia Kammann,11 Florian Kraxner,12 Jan C. Minx,6,13 Alexander Popp,14 Phil Renforth,15 Jose Luis Vicente Vicente,6 and Saskia Keesstra16,171Institute of Biological and Environmental Sciences, University of Aberdeen, Aberdeen AB24 3UU, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2World Economic Forum, 1223 Cologny, Switzerland3Leverhulme Centre for Climate Change Mitigation, Department of Animal and Plant Sciences, University of Sheffield, Sheffield S10 2TN, United Kingdom4Integrative Research Institute on Transformations of Human Environment Systems (IRI THESys), Humboldt University of Berlin, 10099 Berlin, Germany5Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Joint Global Change Research Institute, College Park, Maryland 20740, USA6Mercator Research Institute on Global Commons and Climate Change, 10829 Berlin, Germany7Geographical Institute, Humboldt University of Berlin, 10099 Berlin, Germany8The Nature Conservancy, Arlington, Virginia 22203, USA9Ithaka Institute gGmbH, 79106 Freiburg, Germany10Environmental Analytics, Agroscope, 8046 Zurich, Switzerland11Institute for Applied Ecology, Department of Climatic Effects on Special Crops, Hochschule Geisenheim University, 65366 Geisenheim, Germany 12International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis, A-2361 Laxenburg, Austria13Priestley International Centre for Climate, School of Earth and Environment, University of Leeds, Leeds LS2 9JT, United Kingdom14Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14412 Potsdam, Germany15Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh TD1 3HF, United Kingdom16Wageningen Environmental Research, 6708 PB Wageningen, The Netherlands17Civil, Surveying and Environmental Engineering, The University of Newcastle, Callaghan 2308, Australia
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 255 - 286
                • ...it can have a large water footprint and increase competition for land such that food security, biodiversity conservation, and freshwater sources could suffer (6, 146); conversely, ...

            • 44. 
              Jahn A. 2018. Reduced probability of ice-free summers for 1.5°C compared to 2°C warming. Nat. Clim. Change 8: 409–13
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 45. 
              Niederdrenk AL, Notz D. 2018. Arctic sea ice in a 1.5°C warmer world. Geophys. Res. Lett. 45: 1963–71
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • 1.5°C Hotspots: Climate Hazards, Vulnerabilities, and Impacts

                Carl-Friedrich Schleussner,1,2,3 Delphine Deryng,1 Sarah D'haen,1 William Hare,1 Tabea Lissner,1 Mouhamed Ly,1,4 Alexander Nauels,1,5 Melinda Noblet,1 Peter Pfleiderer,1,2,3 Patrick Pringle,1 Martin Rokitzki,1 Fahad Saeed,1,2,6 Michiel Schaeffer,1,7 Olivia Serdeczny,1,3 and Adelle Thomas1,81Climate Analytics, 10961 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected]2Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14473 Potsdam, Germany3IRITHESys, Humboldt University, 10117 Berlin, Germany4LPAOSF/ESP, Cheikh Anta Diop University, 5085 Dakar-Fann, Senegal5Australian-German Climate & Energy College, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria 3010, Australia6Center for Excellence in Climate Change Research, King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah 21589, Saudi Arabia7Department of Environmental Sciences, Wageningen University and Research Centre, 6700 AA Wageningen, The Netherlands8Environmental and Life Sciences, University of The Bahamas, Nassau 76905, The Bahamas
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 135 - 163
                • ...evidence is increasing that warming above 1.5°C would substantially increase the risks of a seasonally ice-free Arctic (51...

            • 46. 
              Sanderson BM, Xu Y, Tebaldi C, Wehner M, O'Neill B, et al. 2017. Community climate simulations to assess avoided impacts in 1.5°C and 2°C futures. Earth Syst. Dyn. 8(3): 827–47
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Recent Progress and Emerging Topics on Weather and Climate Extremes Since the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

                Yang Chen,1 Wilfran Moufouma-Okia,2 Valérie Masson-Delmotte,3 Panmao Zhai,1 and Anna Pirani21State Key Laboratory of Severe Weather, Chinese Academy of Meteorological Sciences, 100081 Beijing, China; email: [email protected], [email protected]2IPCC Working Group I, Technical Support Unit, Université Paris Saclay, Paris 91190, France; email: [email protected], [email protected]3LSCE (CEA-CNRS-UVSQ/IPSL), Université Paris Saclay, Paris 91190, France; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 35 - 59
                • ...have already been designed to explore the implications of stabilized levels of global warming [e.g., HAPPI (138) and CESM (140)]....
                • ...future changes in extreme events may be affected by the rates (rapid versus gradual) of warming toward 1.5°C/2°C and the occurrence of temperature overshoots with different temporal spans and peaks (140)....
              • 1.5°C Hotspots: Climate Hazards, Vulnerabilities, and Impacts

                Carl-Friedrich Schleussner,1,2,3 Delphine Deryng,1 Sarah D'haen,1 William Hare,1 Tabea Lissner,1 Mouhamed Ly,1,4 Alexander Nauels,1,5 Melinda Noblet,1 Peter Pfleiderer,1,2,3 Patrick Pringle,1 Martin Rokitzki,1 Fahad Saeed,1,2,6 Michiel Schaeffer,1,7 Olivia Serdeczny,1,3 and Adelle Thomas1,81Climate Analytics, 10961 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected]2Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14473 Potsdam, Germany3IRITHESys, Humboldt University, 10117 Berlin, Germany4LPAOSF/ESP, Cheikh Anta Diop University, 5085 Dakar-Fann, Senegal5Australian-German Climate & Energy College, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria 3010, Australia6Center for Excellence in Climate Change Research, King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah 21589, Saudi Arabia7Department of Environmental Sciences, Wageningen University and Research Centre, 6700 AA Wageningen, The Netherlands8Environmental and Life Sciences, University of The Bahamas, Nassau 76905, The Bahamas
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 135 - 163
                • ...assessing regional climate and climate impact differences at 0.5°C warming increments requires specific methodological approaches such as pattern scaling (26–29), time-slicing (9, 19), or dedicated scenarios experiments (30, 31)....

            • 47. 
              Screen JA, Williamson D. 2017. Ice-free Arctic at 1.5°C? Nat. Clim. Change 7(4): 230–31
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • 1.5°C Hotspots: Climate Hazards, Vulnerabilities, and Impacts

                Carl-Friedrich Schleussner,1,2,3 Delphine Deryng,1 Sarah D'haen,1 William Hare,1 Tabea Lissner,1 Mouhamed Ly,1,4 Alexander Nauels,1,5 Melinda Noblet,1 Peter Pfleiderer,1,2,3 Patrick Pringle,1 Martin Rokitzki,1 Fahad Saeed,1,2,6 Michiel Schaeffer,1,7 Olivia Serdeczny,1,3 and Adelle Thomas1,81Climate Analytics, 10961 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected]2Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14473 Potsdam, Germany3IRITHESys, Humboldt University, 10117 Berlin, Germany4LPAOSF/ESP, Cheikh Anta Diop University, 5085 Dakar-Fann, Senegal5Australian-German Climate & Energy College, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria 3010, Australia6Center for Excellence in Climate Change Research, King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah 21589, Saudi Arabia7Department of Environmental Sciences, Wageningen University and Research Centre, 6700 AA Wageningen, The Netherlands8Environmental and Life Sciences, University of The Bahamas, Nassau 76905, The Bahamas
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 135 - 163
                • ...evidence is increasing that warming above 1.5°C would substantially increase the risks of a seasonally ice-free Arctic (51...

            • 48. 
              ACIA. 2004. Impacts of a Warming Arctic: Arctic Climate Impact Assessment. ACIA Overview Report. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 49. 
              Collins M, Knutti R, Arblaster J, Dufresne J-L, Fichefet T, et al. 2013. Long-term climate change: projections, commitments and irreversibility. In Climate Change 2013: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, ed. T Stocker, D Qin, G-K Plattner, M Tignor, S Allen, et al., pp. 1029–1136. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ Press
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • The Engineering of Climate Engineering

                Douglas G. MacMartin1 and Ben Kravitz21Sibley School of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, USA; email: [email protected]2Atmospheric Sciences and Global Change Division, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Richland, Washington 99352, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Control, Robotics, and Autonomous Systems Vol. 2: 445 - 467
                • ...the global warming associated with a given level of greenhouse gas concentrations remains uncertain, as do the climate impacts resulting from that warming (8)....
              • The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change: Challenges and Opportunities

                Mark Vardy,1 Michael Oppenheimer,2,3 Navroz K. Dubash,4 Jessica O'Reilly,5 and Dale Jamieson61Princeton Environmental Institute, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected]2Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08540; email: [email protected]3Department of Geosciences, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 085444Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi 110021, India; email: [email protected]5Department of International Studies, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]6Department of Environmental Studies, New York University, New York, NY 10003; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 55 - 75
                • ...the IPCC has included ways of drawing on experts who hold a wide range of views to author chapters of reports (38, ...
              • Decision Analysis for Management of Natural Hazards

                Michael Simpson,1 Rachel James,1 Jim W. Hall,1 Edoardo Borgomeo,1 Matthew C. Ives,1 Susana Almeida,2 Ashley Kingsborough,1 Theo Economou,3 David Stephenson,3 and Thorsten Wagener2,41Environmental Change Institute, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Civil Engineering, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 1TR, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]3Department of Mathematics and Computer Science, University of Exeter, Exeter EX4 4QF, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]4Cabot Institute, Royal Fort House, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 1UJ, United Kingdom
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 489 - 516
                • ...but estimating their long-term trends under climate change is challenging due to the difficulty of representing them in current climate models (34)....
              • Heat, Human Performance, and Occupational Health: A Key Issue for the Assessment of Global Climate Change Impacts

                Tord Kjellstrom,1,2 David Briggs,3,4 Chris Freyberg,3 Bruno Lemke,5 Matthias Otto,5 and Olivia Hyatt31Health and Environment International Trust, Mapua, Nelson, 7005, New Zealand2University College London, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]3Ruby Coast Research Centre, Mapua, 7005, New Zealand4Geography Department, Imperial College, London, United Kingdom5Nelson-Marlborough Institute of Technology, Nelson 7010, New Zealand
                Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 37: 97 - 112
                • ...Climate change (10) will increase both the incidence and the severity of these effects....
                • ...These represent the most extreme of the potential future climate scenarios used by the IPCC in 2013 (10)....

            • 50. 
              Chadburn SE, Burke EJ, Cox PM, Friedlingstein P, Hugelius G, Westermann S. 2017. An observation-based constraint on permafrost loss as a function of global warming. Nat. Clim. Change 7(5): 340–44
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 51. 
              Schuur EAG, Vogel JG, Crummer KG, Lee H, Sickman JO, Osterkamp TE. 2009. The effect of permafrost thaw on old carbon release and net carbon exchange from tundra. Nature. 459(7246): 556–59
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Ecological Response to Permafrost Thaw and Consequences for Local and Global Ecosystem Services

                Edward A.G. Schuur and Michelle C. MackCenter for Ecosystem Science and Society, and Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff, Arizona 86011, USA; email: ted.sch[email protected]
                Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 49: 279 - 301
                • ...Upland thaw subsidence with little or no erosion alters soil nutrient and water availability as the active layer thickens (Schuur et al. 2009)....

            • 52. 
              Church JA, Clark PU, Cazenave A, Gregory JM, Jevrejeva S, et al. 2013. Sea level change. In Climate Change 2013: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, ed. T Stocker, D Qin, G-K Plattner, M Tignor, S Allen, et al., pp. 1137–1216. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Dynamic Topography and Ice Age Paleoclimate

                J.X. Mitrovica,1 J. Austermann,2 S. Coulson,1 J.R. Creveling,3 M.J. Hoggard,1,2 G.T. Jarvis,4 and F.D. Richards51Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences, Columbia University, Palisades, New York 10964-8000, USA3College of Earth, Ocean and Atmospheric Sciences, Oregon State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331, USA4Department of Earth and Space Science and Engineering, York University, Toronto, Ontario M6E 3N1, Canada5Department of Earth Science and Engineering, Imperial College London, London SW7 2AZ, United Kingdom
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 48: 585 - 621
                • ...than preindustrial levels (Andersen et al. 2004, Overpeck et al. 2006, Church et al. 2013)....

            • 53. 
              Robinson A, Calov R, Ganopolski A. 2012. Multistability and critical thresholds of the Greenland ice sheet. Nat. Clim. Change 2(6): 429–32
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Environmental Tipping Points

                Timothy M. LentonCollege of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Exeter, Exeter EX4 4PS, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 1 - 29
                • ...Models suggest declining CO2 as the most plausible forcing of Greenland glaciation (79), which would likely have occurred through bifurcation tipping (80)....
                • ... at only 0.8–3.2°C (the best estimate is 1.6°C) above preindustrial; beyond this, the ice sheet is committed to eventually disappear (80)....
                • ...with the rate depending on the amount by which the tipping point is exceeded (80)....

            • 54. 
              Nicholls RJ, Brown S, Goodwin P, Wahl T, Lowe J, et al. 2018. Stabilisation of global temperature at 1.5°C and 2.0°C: implications for coastal areas. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. A. 306(2119): 376
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 55. 
              Rasmussen DJ, Bittermann K, Buchanan M, Kulp S, Strauss B, et al. 2018. Extreme sea level implications of 1.5°C, 2.0°C, and 2.5°C temperature stabilization targets in the 21st and 22nd century. Environ. Res. Lett. 13: 034040
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Mapping Sea-Level Change in Time, Space, and Probability

                Benjamin P. Horton,1,2,3 Robert E. Kopp,3,4 Andra J. Garner,3,5 Carling C. Hay,6 Nicole S. Khan,1 Keven Roy,1 and Timothy A. Shaw11Asian School of the Environment, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore 639798, Singapore; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Earth Observatory of Singapore, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore 639798, Singapore3Institute of Earth, Ocean, and Atmospheric Sciences, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]4Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences, Rutgers University, Piscataway, New Jersey 08854, USA5Department of Marine and Coastal Sciences, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901, USA6Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences, Boston College, Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts 02467, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 481 - 521
                • ...bProbabilistic models include Kopp14 (140), Grinsted15 (137), Jackson16 (138), Kopp17 (144), Nauels17a (142), Jackson18 (164), and Rasmussen18 (165)....
                • ...there has also been a recent set of studies focused on different scenarios consistent with these goals, providing another point for cross-study comparison (163...
                • ...very likely ranges are 0.2–1.0 m under 1.5°C stabilization and 0.2–1.1 m under 2.0°C stabilization (163...
                • ...Among studies focused on the difference between 1.5°C and 2.0°C of warming, two (163, 165) have projected 2150 sea-level rise....

            • 56. 
              Schleussner C-F, Lissner TK, Fischer EM, Wohland J, Perrette M, et al. 2016. Differential climate impacts for policy-relevant limits to global warming: the case of 1.5°C and 2°C. Earth Syst. Dyn. 7(2): 327–51
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • 1.5°C Hotspots: Climate Hazards, Vulnerabilities, and Impacts

                Carl-Friedrich Schleussner,1,2,3 Delphine Deryng,1 Sarah D'haen,1 William Hare,1 Tabea Lissner,1 Mouhamed Ly,1,4 Alexander Nauels,1,5 Melinda Noblet,1 Peter Pfleiderer,1,2,3 Patrick Pringle,1 Martin Rokitzki,1 Fahad Saeed,1,2,6 Michiel Schaeffer,1,7 Olivia Serdeczny,1,3 and Adelle Thomas1,81Climate Analytics, 10961 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected]2Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14473 Potsdam, Germany3IRITHESys, Humboldt University, 10117 Berlin, Germany4LPAOSF/ESP, Cheikh Anta Diop University, 5085 Dakar-Fann, Senegal5Australian-German Climate & Energy College, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria 3010, Australia6Center for Excellence in Climate Change Research, King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah 21589, Saudi Arabia7Department of Environmental Sciences, Wageningen University and Research Centre, 6700 AA Wageningen, The Netherlands8Environmental and Life Sciences, University of The Bahamas, Nassau 76905, The Bahamas
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 135 - 163
                • ...which will experience a more pronounced change in climatic conditions as the result of half a degree global mean temperature increase (19, 20)....
                • ...assessing regional climate and climate impact differences at 0.5°C warming increments requires specific methodological approaches such as pattern scaling (26–29), time-slicing (9, 19), ...
                • ...but in particular over tropical regions, where natural variability is lower (19)....
                • ...The Asian monsoon regions may experience increases in extreme precipitation of well above the global average (75) of approximately 10% under a 2°C warming (19)....
                • ...whereas water availability at the same time is reduced in subtropical regions (19)....
                • ...based on ensembles of five climate models and multiple sectorial impact models from Reference 19....
                • ...and more than 83% of all ensemble members show robust regional changes between 1.5°C and 2°C (see Reference 19 for more information on the methodology)....
                • ...Schleussner et al. (19) have found that reductions in median local yields in tropical regions could double between 1.5°C and 2°C for wheat and maize. Figure 5 depicts regionally resolved differences between 1.5°C and 2°C for local yields....
                • ... to illustrative 1.5°C and 2°C pathways from Reference 103 (and used in 19), ...
                • ...Projections presented in Schleussner et al. (19) are based on a scaling methodology introduced in Perrette et al. (104)...
                • ...Figure 6 Projections of GMSLR for illustrative 1.5°C and 2°C emission scenarios from Schleussner et al (19)...
                • ...Table 2 provides a direct comparison of sea level projections based on the methodologies in Schleussner et al. (19...
                • ...Table 2 Projections of global mean sea level rise (GMSLR) relative to 1986–2005 levels based on a methodology applied by Schleussner et al. (19...
                • ...Reductions in Mediterranean annual water availability might double between 1.5°C and 2°C to up to 20% compared to the recent past (19), ...
                • ...Increase in extreme precipitation intensity (RX5Day) for the global land area below 66°N/S and South Asia (19). (c) Mediterranean water availability....
                • ...Reduction in annual water availability in the Mediterranean (19). (d) Coral reef degradation....
                • ...Changes in local crop yields for present-day tropical agricultural areas (19)...
              • Mapping Sea-Level Change in Time, Space, and Probability

                Benjamin P. Horton,1,2,3 Robert E. Kopp,3,4 Andra J. Garner,3,5 Carling C. Hay,6 Nicole S. Khan,1 Keven Roy,1 and Timothy A. Shaw11Asian School of the Environment, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore 639798, Singapore; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Earth Observatory of Singapore, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore 639798, Singapore3Institute of Earth, Ocean, and Atmospheric Sciences, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]4Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences, Rutgers University, Piscataway, New Jersey 08854, USA5Department of Marine and Coastal Sciences, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901, USA6Department of Earth and Environmental Sciences, Boston College, Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts 02467, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 481 - 521
                • ...Central range models include Perrette13 (208), Slangen14 (147), Mengel16 (141), Schleussner16 (166), Bakker17 (135), Goodwin17 (136)...
                • ...there has also been a recent set of studies focused on different scenarios consistent with these goals, providing another point for cross-study comparison (163–166)....
                • ...very likely ranges are 0.2–1.0 m under 1.5°C stabilization and 0.2–1.1 m under 2.0°C stabilization (163–166)....

            • 57. 
              Warren R, Andrews O, Brown S, Colón-González FJ, Forstenhaeusler N, et al. 2018. Quantifying implications of limiting global warming to 1.5 or 2C above pre-industrial levels. Submitt. Pap., Nature Clim. Change. http://www.tyndall.ac.uk/publications/quantifying-implications-limiting-global-warming-15-or-2%C2%B0c-above-pre-industrial-levels
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 58. 
              Brown S, Nicholls RJ, Lázár AN, Hornby DD, Hill C, et al. 2018. What are the implications of sea-level rise for a 1.5, 2 and 3°C rise in global mean temperatures in the Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna and other vulnerable deltas? Reg. Environ. Change 18: 1829–42
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 59. 
              Crosby SC, Sax DF, Palmer ME, Booth HS, Deegan LA, et al. 2016. Salt marsh persistence is threatened by predicted sea-level rise. Estuar. Coast. Shelf Sci. 181: 93–99
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Improving Predictions of Salt Marsh Evolution Through Better Integration of Data and Models

                Patricia L. Wiberg,1 Sergio Fagherazzi,2 and Matthew L. Kirwan31Department of Environmental Sciences, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia 22904, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Earth and Environment, Boston University, Boston, Massachusetts 02215, USA; email: [email protected]3Virginia Institute of Marine Science, College of William and Mary, Gloucester Point, Virginia 23062, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 12: 389 - 413
                • ...Assessments of marsh vulnerability to sea level rise (SLR) have diverged markedly in their predictions of future loss (e.g., Crosby et al. 2016, Kirwan et al. 2016b)....
                • ...salt marsh evolution and vulnerability are typically evaluated with point measurements of accretion such as sediment cores and SETs (Crosby et al. 2016, Kirwan et al. 2016b, Jankowski et al. 2017), ...
              • Marsh Processes and Their Response to Climate Change and Sea-Level Rise

                Duncan M. FitzGerald and Zoe HughesDepartment of Earth and Environment, Boston University, Boston, Massachusetts 02215, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 47: 481 - 517
                • ...SLR will outpace most marshes’ ability to accrete vertically (Crosby et al. 2016)...
                • ...Figure adapted from Crosby et al. (2016)....

            • 60. 
              Hoegh-Guldberg O, Cai OR, Poloczanska ES, Brewer PG, Sundby S, et al. 2014. The ocean. In Climate Change 2014: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. Part B: Regional Aspects. Contribution of Working Group II to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, ed. CB Field, VR Barros, DJ Dokken, KJ Mach, MD Mastrandrea, et al., pp. 1655–1731. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 61. 
              Cheung WW, Reygondeau G, Frölicher TL. 2016. Large benefits to marine fisheries of meeting the 1.5 C global warming target. Science 354(6319): 1591–94
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 62. 
              Lotze HK, Tittensor DP, Bryndum-Buchholz A, Eddy TD, Cheung WWL, et al. 2018. Ensemble projections reveal consistent declines of global fish biomass with climate change. Submitt. Pap., Science
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 63. 
              Gasparrini A, Guo Y, Sera F, Vicedo-Cabrera AM, Huber V, et al. 2017. Projections of temperature-related excess mortality under climate change scenarios. Lancet Planet. Heal. 1(9): e360–67
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Global Environmental Change and Noncommunicable Disease Risks

                Howard Frumkin1 and Andy Haines21Our Planet, Our Health Program, Wellcome Trust, London NW1 2BE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2Department of Public Health, Environments and Society and Department of Population Health, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, London WC1H 9SH, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 40: 261 - 282
                • ...particularly in tropical and subtropical regions and in Southern Europe (51, 126)....

            • 64. 
              Weinberger KR, Haykin L, Eliot MN, Schwartz JD, Gasparrini A, Wellenius GA. 2017. Projected temperature-related deaths in ten large U.S. metropolitan areas under different climate change scenarios. Environ. Int. 107: 196–204
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 65. 
              Pfeifer S, Rechid D, Reuter M, Viktor E, Jacob D. 2018. 1.5°, 2°, and 3° global warming: European regions affected by multiple changes. Submitt. Pap., Atmosphere (Basel)
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 66. 
              Arnell NW, Lowe JA, Lloyd-Hughes B, Osborn TJ. 2017. The impacts avoided with a 1.5°C climate target: a global and regional assessment. Clim. Change 147: 61–76
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • 1.5°C Hotspots: Climate Hazards, Vulnerabilities, and Impacts

                Carl-Friedrich Schleussner,1,2,3 Delphine Deryng,1 Sarah D'haen,1 William Hare,1 Tabea Lissner,1 Mouhamed Ly,1,4 Alexander Nauels,1,5 Melinda Noblet,1 Peter Pfleiderer,1,2,3 Patrick Pringle,1 Martin Rokitzki,1 Fahad Saeed,1,2,6 Michiel Schaeffer,1,7 Olivia Serdeczny,1,3 and Adelle Thomas1,81Climate Analytics, 10961 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected]2Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14473 Potsdam, Germany3IRITHESys, Humboldt University, 10117 Berlin, Germany4LPAOSF/ESP, Cheikh Anta Diop University, 5085 Dakar-Fann, Senegal5Australian-German Climate & Energy College, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria 3010, Australia6Center for Excellence in Climate Change Research, King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah 21589, Saudi Arabia7Department of Environmental Sciences, Wageningen University and Research Centre, 6700 AA Wageningen, The Netherlands8Environmental and Life Sciences, University of The Bahamas, Nassau 76905, The Bahamas
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 135 - 163
                • ...assessing regional climate and climate impact differences at 0.5°C warming increments requires specific methodological approaches such as pattern scaling (26–29), ...
                • ...Arnell et al. (29) estimate that limiting warming to 1.5°C would reduce the global population exposed to drought or river flooding by approximately 40% compared to 2°C. ...

            • 67. 
              Kjellstrom T, Lemke B, Otto M. 2017. Climate conditions, workplace heat and occupational health in South-East Asia in the context of climate change. WHO South-East Asia J. Public Heal. 6: 15–21
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 68. 
              Butterworth MK, Morin CW, Comrie AC. 2016. An analysis of the potential impact of climate change on dengue transmission in the Southeastern United States. Environ. Health Perspect. 125(4): 579–85
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 69. 
              Monaghan AJ, Moore SM, Sampson KM, Beard CB, Eisen RJ. 2015. Climate change influences on the annual onset of Lyme disease in the United States. Ticks Tick Borne Dis. 6(5): 615–22
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 70. 
              Huang J, Yu H, Dai A, Wei Y, Kang L. 2017. Drylands face potential threat under 2°C global warming target. Nat. Clim. Change 7(6): 417–22
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 71. 
              Park C-E, Jeong S-J, Joshi M, Osborn TJ, Ho C-H, et al. 2018. Keeping global warming within 1.5°C constrains emergence of aridification. Nat. Clim. Change 8(1): 70–74
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • 1.5°C Hotspots: Climate Hazards, Vulnerabilities, and Impacts

                Carl-Friedrich Schleussner,1,2,3 Delphine Deryng,1 Sarah D'haen,1 William Hare,1 Tabea Lissner,1 Mouhamed Ly,1,4 Alexander Nauels,1,5 Melinda Noblet,1 Peter Pfleiderer,1,2,3 Patrick Pringle,1 Martin Rokitzki,1 Fahad Saeed,1,2,6 Michiel Schaeffer,1,7 Olivia Serdeczny,1,3 and Adelle Thomas1,81Climate Analytics, 10961 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected]2Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14473 Potsdam, Germany3IRITHESys, Humboldt University, 10117 Berlin, Germany4LPAOSF/ESP, Cheikh Anta Diop University, 5085 Dakar-Fann, Senegal5Australian-German Climate & Energy College, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria 3010, Australia6Center for Excellence in Climate Change Research, King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah 21589, Saudi Arabia7Department of Environmental Sciences, Wageningen University and Research Centre, 6700 AA Wageningen, The Netherlands8Environmental and Life Sciences, University of The Bahamas, Nassau 76905, The Bahamas
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 135 - 163
                • ...Limiting warming to 1.5°C reduces the area experiencing aridification by approximately two-thirds in a transient time slicing setup (78)....

            • 72. 
              Arnell NW, Lloyd-Hughes B. 2014. The global-scale impacts of climate change on water resources and flooding under new climate and socio-economic scenarios. Clim. Change 122(1–2): 127–40
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 73. 
              Gerten D, Lucht W, Ostberg S, Heinke J, Kowarsch M, et al. 2013. Asynchronous exposure to global warming: freshwater resources and terrestrial ecosystems. Environ. Res. Lett. 8(3): 034032
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 74. 
              Karnauskas KB, Schleussner C-F, Donnelly JP, Anchukaitis KJ. 2018. Freshwater stress on Small Island Developing States: population projections and aridity changes at 1.5°C and 2°C. Reg. Environ. Change. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10113-018-1331-9
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 75. 
              Döll P, Trautmann T, Gerten D, Müller Schmied H, Ostberg S, et al. 2018. Risks for the global freshwater system at 1.5°C and 2°C global warming. Environ. Res. Lett. 13: 044038
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 76. 
              Gudmundsson L, Seneviratne SI. 2016. Anthropogenic climate change affects meteorological drought risk in Europe. Environ. Res. Lett. 11(4): 044005
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 77. 
              Liu W, Sun F, Lim WH, Zhan J, Wang H, et al. 2018. Global meteorological drought and severe drought affected population in 1.5°C and 2°C warmer worlds. Earth Syst. Dyn. Discuss. 9: 267–83
              • Crossref
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 78. 
              Alfieri L, Bisselink B, Dottori F, Naumann G, de Roo A, et al. 2017. Global projections of river flood risk in a warmer world. Earth's Future 5(2): 171–82
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Climate Extremes and Compound Hazards in a Warming World

                Amir AghaKouchak,1,2 Felicia Chiang,1 Laurie S. Huning,1 Charlotte A. Love,1 Iman Mallakpour,1 Omid Mazdiyasni,1 Hamed Moftakhari,3 Simon Michael Papalexiou,4,5 Elisa Ragno,6 and Mojtaba Sadegh71Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, University of California, Irvine, California 92697, USA; email: [email protected]u2Department of Earth System Science, University of California, Irvine, California 92697, USA3Department of Civil, Construction, and Environmental Engineering, The University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, Alabama 35401, USA4Department of Civil, Geological, and Environmental Engineering, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan S7N 5A9, Canada5Global Institute for Water Security, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan S7N 3H5, Canada6Faculty of Civil Engineering and Geosciences, Delft University of Technology, 2628 CN Delft, The Netherlands7Department of Civil Engineering, Boise State University, Boise, Idaho 83725, USA
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 48: 519 - 548
                • ...Recent studies have focused on potential changes in flooding under different climate warming scenarios (e.g., Alfieri et al. 2017)....
                • ...leading to enhanced extreme precipitation and more severe river flooding (Alfieri et al. 2017, Winsemius et al. 2016)....

            • 79. 
              Warren R, Price J, Vanderwal J, Graham E, Forstenhaeusler N. 2018. The projected effect on insects, vertebrates and plants of limiting global warming to 1.5°C rather than 2°C. Science. 360: 791–95
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Insect Declines in the Anthropocene

                David L. WagnerDepartment of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06269, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Entomology Vol. 65: 457 - 480
                • ...rivaled only by habitat destruction in the tropical regions of the planet (12, 84, 85, 182, 196)....
                • ...Many researchers looking to explain insect declines or predict future effects of global warming have focused on temperature increases as a threat to insect biodiversity (27, 52, 109, 138, 155, 196)....
              • 1.5°C Hotspots: Climate Hazards, Vulnerabilities, and Impacts

                Carl-Friedrich Schleussner,1,2,3 Delphine Deryng,1 Sarah D'haen,1 William Hare,1 Tabea Lissner,1 Mouhamed Ly,1,4 Alexander Nauels,1,5 Melinda Noblet,1 Peter Pfleiderer,1,2,3 Patrick Pringle,1 Martin Rokitzki,1 Fahad Saeed,1,2,6 Michiel Schaeffer,1,7 Olivia Serdeczny,1,3 and Adelle Thomas1,81Climate Analytics, 10961 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected]2Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14473 Potsdam, Germany3IRITHESys, Humboldt University, 10117 Berlin, Germany4LPAOSF/ESP, Cheikh Anta Diop University, 5085 Dakar-Fann, Senegal5Australian-German Climate & Energy College, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria 3010, Australia6Center for Excellence in Climate Change Research, King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah 21589, Saudi Arabia7Department of Environmental Sciences, Wageningen University and Research Centre, 6700 AA Wageningen, The Netherlands8Environmental and Life Sciences, University of The Bahamas, Nassau 76905, The Bahamas
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 135 - 163
                • ...Limiting warming to 1.5°C will more than half the number of plants, insects, and invertebrates critically affected by climate change (49)....

            • 80. 
              Warszawski L, Friend A, Ostberg S, Frieler K, Lucht W, et al. 2013. A multi-model analysis of risk of ecosystem shifts under climate change. Environ. Res. Lett. 8(4): 044018
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 81. 
              Settele J, Scholes R, Betts R, Bunn SE, Leadley P, et al. 2014. Terrestrial and inland water systems. In Climate Change 2014: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. Part B: Regional Aspects. Contribution of Working Group II to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, ed. CB Field, VR Barros, DJ Dokken, KJ Mach, MD Mastrandrea, et al., pp. 271–359. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 82. 
              Moritz MA, Parisien M-A, Batllori E, Krawchuk MA, Van Dorn J, et al. 2012. Climate change and disruptions to global fire activity. Ecosphere 3(6): 49
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Extreme Weather and Climate Change: Population Health and Health System Implications

                Kristie L. Ebi,1 Jennifer Vanos,2 Jane W. Baldwin,3 Jesse E. Bell,4 David M. Hondula,5 Nicole A. Errett,6 Katie Hayes,7 Colleen E. Reid,8 Shubhayu Saha,9 June Spector,6,10 and Peter Berry111Center for Health and the Global Environment, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195, USA; email: [email protected]2School of Sustainability, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA3Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory, Columbia University, Palisades, New York 10964, USA4Department of Environmental, Agricultural, and Occupational Health, College of Public Health, University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, Nebraska 68198, USA5School of Geographical Sciences, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA6Department of Environmental and Occupational Health Sciences, School of Public Health, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195, USA7Dalla Lana School of Public Health, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, M5S 2S2, Canada8Geography Department, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309, USA9Rollins School of Public Health, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322, USA10Department of Medicine, School of Medicine, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195, USA11Faculty of Environment, University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario N2L 3G1, Canada
                Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 42: 293 - 315
                • ...These trends are projected to continue under a range of global climate models, with particular agreement among models in the mid-to-high latitudes (127)....
              • Pyrogeography and the Global Quest for Sustainable Fire Management

                David M.J.S. Bowman,1 Jessica A. O'Brien,2 and Johann G. Goldammer21School of Plant Science, University of Tasmania, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7001; email: [email protected]2The Global Fire Monitoring Center, Fire Ecology Research Group, Max Planck Institute for Chemistry, c/o Freiburg University/United Nations University, Freiburg D-79110, Germany; email: jess.o'[email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 57 - 80
                • ...Moritz et al. (81) disclosed significant disagreement among global climate models on the direction of change of fire activity (increasing or decreasing) for more than half of the world's land area in the coming decades; however, ...

            • 83. 
              Romero-Lankao P, Smith JB, Davidson DJ, Diffenbaugh NS, Kinney PL, et al. 2014. North America. In Climate Change 2014: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. Part B: Regional Aspects. Contribution of Working Group II to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, ed. CB Field, VR Barros, DJ Dokken, MD Mastrandrea, KJ Mach, et al., pp. 1439–98. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 84. 
              Engelbrecht CJ, Engelbrecht FA. 2016. Shifts in Köppen-Geiger climate zones over southern Africa in relation to key global temperature goals. Theor. Appl. Climatol. 123(1–2): 247–61
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 85. 
              Urban MC. 2015. Accelerating extinction risk from climate change. Science 348(6234): 571–73
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Insect Declines in the Anthropocene

                David L. WagnerDepartment of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06269, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Entomology Vol. 65: 457 - 480
                • ...rivaled only by habitat destruction in the tropical regions of the planet (12, 84, 85, 182, 196)....
              • Climate-Driven Shifts in Marine Species Ranges: Scaling from Organisms to Communities

                Malin L. Pinsky, Rebecca L. Selden, and Zoë J. KitchelDepartment of Ecology, Evolution, and Natural Resources, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 12: 153 - 179
                • ...but the only estimates available for marine species are regional and apply to relatively few species (Urban 2015)....
              • Climate Change in the Tropics: Ecological and Evolutionary Responses at Low Latitudes

                Kimberly S. SheldonDepartment of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 37996, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics Vol. 50: 303 - 333
                • ...and reduced dispersal—make tropical species particularly vulnerable to extinction due to climate change (Urban 2015)....
              • Plant Biodiversity Change Across Scales During the Anthropocene

                Mark Vellend,1 Lander Baeten,2 Antoine Becker-Scarpitta,1 Véronique Boucher-Lalonde,1 Jenny L. McCune,3 Julie Messier,1 Isla H. Myers-Smith,4 and Dov F. Sax51Département de Biologie, Université de Sherbrooke, Sherbrooke, Québec J1K 2R1, Canada; email: [email protected]2Forest and Nature Lab, Department of Forest and Water Management, Ghent University, BE-9090 Melle-Gontrode, Belgium3Department of Integrative Biology, University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario N1G 2W1, Canada4School of GeoSciences, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh EH9 3FF, United Kingdom5Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912
                Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 68: 563 - 586
                • ...such as climate change, might also push extinction rates even higher (44, 107)....
                • ...and changing climatic conditions can cause extinctions of some species (107)...
              • Human–Wildlife Conflict and Coexistence

                Philip J. NyhusEnvironmental Studies Program, Colby College, Waterville, Maine, 04901; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 143 - 171
                • ...Climate change is one of the most important threats facing people and wildlife and is a focus of considerable research in every discipline, including biodiversity conservation (145)....

            • 86. 
              Porter JR, Xie YL, Challinor AJ, Cochrane K, Howden SM, et al. 2014. Food security and food production systems. In Climate Change 2014: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. Part A: Global and Sectoral Aspects. Contribution of Working Group II to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, ed. CB Field, VR Barros, DJ Dokken, KJ Mach, MD Mastrandrea, et al., pp. 485–533. Cambridge, UK. Cambridge Univ. Press
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Inequality and the Biosphere

                Maike Hamann,1,2 Kevin Berry,3 Tomas Chaigneau,4 Tracie Curry,5 Robert Heilmayr,6,7 Patrik J.G. Henriksson,8,9,10 Jonas Hentati-Sundberg,11 Amir Jina,12 Emilie Lindkvist,8 Yolanda Lopez-Maldonado,13 Emmi Nieminen,14 Matías Piaggio,15,16 Jiangxiao Qiu,17 Juan C. Rocha,8,9 Caroline Schill,8,9 Alon Shepon,18 Andrew R. Tilman,19 Inge van den Bijgaart,20 and Tong Wu211Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa2The Natural Capital Project, Institute on the Environment, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]3Institute of Social and Economic Research, University of Alaska, Anchorage, Alaska 99508, USA; email: [email protected]4Environment and Sustainability Institute, University of Exeter, Penryn, Cornwall TR10 9FE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]5School of Natural Resources and Extension, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Alaska 99775, USA; email: [email protected]6Environmental Studies Program, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106, USA; email: [email protected]7Bren School of Environmental Science & Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106, USA8Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; [email protected]9Beijer Institute of Ecological Economics, The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]10WorldFish, Jalan Batu Maung, 11960 Bayan Lepas, Penang, Malaysia11Department of Aquatic Resources, Marine Research Institute, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, SE-453 30 Lysekil, Sweden; email: [email protected]12Harris School of Public Policy, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637, USA; email: [email protected]13Department of Geography, Ludwig Maximilian University of Munich, 80333 Munich, Germany; email: [email protected], [email protected]14Marine Research Centre, Finnish Environment Institute (SYKE), Helsinki FI-00251, Finland; email: [email protected]15Environment for Development-Center for Tropical Agricultural Research and Education (EfD-CATIE), 30501 Turrialba, Cartago, Costa Rica; email: [email protected]16Universidad de la República, 22100 Montevideo, Uruguay17School of Forest Resources and Conservation, Fort Lauderdale Research and Education Center, University of Florida, Davie, Florida 33314, USA; email: [email protected]18Department of Plant and Environmental Sciences, Weizmann Institute of Science, 7610001 Rehovot, Israel; email: [email protected]19Department of Biology, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104, USA; email: [email protected]20Department of Economics, University of Gothenburg, SE-405 30 Gothenburg, Sweden; email: [email protected]21School of Life Sciences, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85281, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 61 - 83
                • ...These dynamics may lead to a poleward migration of agricultural productivity (83)....

            • 87. 
              Rosenzweig C, Ruane A, Antle J, Elliott J, Ashfaq M, et al. 2018. Coordinating AgMIP data and models across global and regional scales for 1.5°C and 2.0°C assessments. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. A Math. Phys. Eng. Sci. 376(2119): 20160455
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Scenario Development and Foresight Analysis: Exploring Options to Inform Choices

                Keith Wiebe,1 Monika Zurek,2 Steven Lord,2 Natalia Brzezina,3 Gnel Gabrielyan,4 Jessica Libertini,5 Adam Loch,6 Resham Thapa-Parajuli,7 Joost Vervoort,2,8 and Henk Westhoek91Environment and Production Technology Division, International Food Policy Research Institute, Washington, DC 20005, USA; email: [email protected]2Environmental Change Institute, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]3Sustainable Food Economies Research Group, KU Leuven, 3001 Leuven, Belgium; email: [email protected]4Charles H. Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, USA; email: [email protected]5Applied Mathematics Department, Virginia Military Institute, Lexington, Virginia 24450, USA; email: [email protected]6Center for Global Food and Resources, University of Adelaide, Adelaide SA 5005, Australia; email: [email protected]7Business School, Faculty of Business, Law and Politics, University of Hull, Hull HU6 7RX, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]8Copernicus Institute of Sustainable Development, Utrecht University, 3584 CS Utrecht, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]9PBL Netherlands Environmental Assessment Agency, 2500 GH The Hague, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 545 - 570
                • ...Ongoing work is exploring these issues in greater depth, at both global and regional scales (139)....

            • 88. 
              Ren X, Lu Y, O'Neill B, Weitzel M. 2018. Economic and biophysical impacts on agriculture under 1.5°C and 2°C warming. Submitt. Pap., Environ. Res. Lett.
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 89. 
              World Bank. 2013. Turn Down The Heat: Climate Extremes, Regional Impacts, and the Case for Resilience. A report for the World Bank by the Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research and Climate Analytics. Washington, DC: World Bank
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 90. 
              Iizumi T, Furuya J, Shen Z, Kim W, Okada M, et al. 2017. Responses of crop yield growth to global temperature and socioeconomic changes. Sci. Rep. 7(1): 7800
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 91. 
              Allen MR, Frame DJ, Huntingford C, Jones CD, Lowe JA, et al. 2009. Warming caused by cumulative carbon emissions towards the trillionth tonne. Nature 458(7242): 1163–66
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Stranded Assets in the Transition to a Carbon-Free Economy

                Frederick van der Ploeg1,2 and Armon Rezai31Department of Economics, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3UQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2School of Business and Economics, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The Netherlands3Department of Socio-Economics, Vienna University of Economics and Business, 1020 Vienna, Austria; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 281 - 298
                • ...climate scientists and the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) have argued that to limit anthropogenic global warming to at most 2°C relative to preindustrial temperatures with a probability of 66% requires that cumulative emissions from 2011 onward have to stay below 1 trillion tonnes of carbon dioxide or 270 GtC to keep global warming below 2°C (e.g., Allen et al. 2009, Meinshausen et al. 2009, Millar et al. 2017)....
              • Is Natural Capital Really Substitutable?

                François Cohen,1 Cameron J. Hepburn,1 and Alexander Teytelboym1,21Smith School for Enterprise and the Environment and Institute for New Economic Thinking at the Oxford Martin School, University of Oxford, Oxford OX2 6, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics and St. Catherine's College, University of Oxford, Oxford OX2 6, United Kingdom
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 425 - 448
                • ...and the concentration of atmospheric carbon is at a dangerous level (6...
              • Advancing Adsorption and Membrane Separation Processes for the Gigaton Carbon Capture Challenge

                Jennifer Wilcox, Reza Haghpanah, Erik C. Rupp, Jiajun He, and Kyoungjin LeeDepartment of Energy Resources Engineering, School of Earth Sciences, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Vol. 5: 479 - 505
                • ...According to a study by Allen et al. (7), there is a 25% probability that the globe will warm beyond 2°C if the cumulative emissions during this time period are less than 1,000 Gt....
              • Short-Lived Climate Pollution

                R.T. PierrehumbertDepartment of the Geophysical Sciences, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 42: 341 - 379
                • ...the value of ΔF at the end of a given time period is linearly proportional to the cumulative emissions during that interval (Caldeira & Kasting 1993, Allen et al. 2009, Eby et al. 2009, Matthews et al. 2009, NRC 2011)....
                • ...These properties have been confirmed in a wide variety of models (Allen et al. 2009, Eby et al. 2009, Matthews et al. 2009), ...
              • A Global Assessment of Manufacturing: Economic Development, Energy Use, Carbon Emissions, and the Potential for Energy Efficiency and Materials Recycling

                Timothy G. Gutowski,1 Julian M. Allwood,3 Christoph Herrmann,4 and Sahil Sahni21Department of Mechanical Engineering,2Department of Materials Science and Engineering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139; email: [email protected]3Department of Engineering, University of Cambridge, Cambridge CB2 1PZ, United Kingdom4Institute of Machine Tools and Production Technology, Technische Universität, Braunschweig D-38106, Germany
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 81 - 106
                • ...and Allen et al. (97) show forecasts of the peak warming that will arise from different levels of accumulated emissions up to 2050....
                • ...Figure 7 shows levels of CO2 accumulation corresponding to the midrange forecasts by Allen et al. (97) for peak warming of 2, ...
                • ...Figure 7 Scenarios of CO2 emissions from direct fuel combustion in industry (a) per annum and (b) accumulated from current levels estimated in Reference 97....
              • Cumulative Carbon Emissions and the Green Paradox

                Frederick van der PloegDepartment of Economics, Oxford OX1 3UQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]Department of Economics, VU University Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, Netherlands
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 281 - 300
                • ...which is driven mainly by cumulative carbon emissions, is questionable (e.g., Allen et al. 2009a,b)....
                • ...The effect of leaving more fossil fuel in situ and limiting cumulative carbon emissions on global warming is what ultimately affects global warming (Allen et al. 2009a,b...
                • ...Large-scale climate models indicate that the change in global peak temperatures depends principally on cumulative past carbon emissions (Allen et al. 2009a,b...
                • ...Given that cumulative carbon emissions matter ultimately for global warming and not for the speed of carbon emissions (Allen et al. 2009a,b...
                • ...Roughly 1 TtC must thus either be left unused or be sequestrated (Allen 2009a,b)....
              • Measuring Indirect Land Use Change with Biofuels: Implications for Policy

                Madhu Khanna1 ,2 ,* and Christine L. Crago2 1Department of Agricultural and Consumer Economics and 2Energy Biosciences Institute, University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign, Urbana, Illinois 68101; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 161 - 184
                • ...Peak global temperatures are relatively insensitive to the timing of emissions or to the peak emissions rate if there is no long-term (lasting more than 100 years) effect on cumulative emissions ( Allen et al. 2009, NRC 2011)....
                • ...If emissions rates impact global warming only if they affect cumulative emissions for approximately 100 years (based on the findings of Allen et al. 2009...

            • 92. 
              Matthews HD, Gillett NP, Stott PA, Zickfeld K. 2009. The proportionality of global warming to cumulative carbon emissions. Nature 459(7248): 829–32
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • On the Coevolution of Economic and Ecological Systems

                Simon Levin1 and Anastasios Xepapadeas2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, University of Bologna, 40126 Bologna, Italy
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 355 - 377
                • ...or the transient response to emissions (MacDougall et al. 2017, Matthews et al. 2009) or to other parameters of the climate system....
              • Uncertainty Spillovers for Markets and Policy

                Lars Peter HansenDepartments of Economics and Statistics and Booth School of Business, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 13: 371 - 396
                • ...there is a substantial literature that studies direct simplifications of the convolution by showing that the temperature change over an interval of time is roughly proportional to the cumulative carbon emissions over the same time period. Matthews et al. (2009), ...
              • Coral Reefs Under Climate Change and Ocean Acidification: Challenges and Opportunities for Management and Policy

                Kenneth R.N. AnthonyAustralian Institute of Marine Science, Townsville 4810, Queensland, Australia; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 59 - 81
                • ...Global warming has a near-linear relationship with carbon accumulated in the atmosphere (e.g., 38)....
              • Short-Lived Climate Pollution

                R.T. PierrehumbertDepartment of the Geophysical Sciences, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 42: 341 - 379
                • ...the value of ΔF at the end of a given time period is linearly proportional to the cumulative emissions during that interval (Caldeira & Kasting 1993, Allen et al. 2009, Eby et al. 2009, Matthews et al. 2009, NRC 2011)....
                • ...These properties have been confirmed in a wide variety of models (Allen et al. 2009, Eby et al. 2009, Matthews et al. 2009), ...

            • 93. 
              Zickfeld K, Eby M, Matthews HD, Weaver AJ. 2009. Setting cumulative emissions targets to reduce the risk of dangerous climate change. PNAS 106(38): 16129–34
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 94. 
              IPCC. 2013. Summary for policymakers. In Climate Change 2013: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, ed. T Stocker, D Qin, G-K Plattner, M Tignor, S Allen, et al., pp. 3–29. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • The Engineering of Climate Engineering

                Douglas G. MacMartin1 and Ben Kravitz21Sibley School of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, USA; email: [email protected]2Atmospheric Sciences and Global Change Division, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Richland, Washington 99352, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Control, Robotics, and Autonomous Systems Vol. 2: 445 - 467
                • ...we use it to refer only to sunlight reflection methods.) Increasing Earth's reflectivity (albedo) would reduce the total energy input into the climate system and thus cool the planet; reflecting an additional 1% of incoming solar irradiance would more than offset all of the radiative forcing due to human-emitted CO2 to date (10)....
                • ...aerosol–cloud interactions are presently the source of some of the largest uncertainties in climate science (10)....

            • 95. 
              Rogelj J, Schaeffer M, Friedlingstein P, Gillett NP, van Vuuren DP, et al. 2016. Differences between carbon budget estimates unravelled. Nat. Clim. Change 6: 245–52
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 96. 
              MacDougall AH, Zickfeld K, Knutti R, Matthews HD. 2015. Sensitivity of carbon budgets to permafrost carbon feedbacks and non-CO2 forcings. Environ. Res. Lett. 10(12): 125003
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 97. 
              Millar RJ, Fuglestvedt JS, Friedlingstein P, Rogelj J, Grubb MJ, et al. 2017. Emission budgets and pathways consistent with limiting warming to 1.5°C. Nat. Geosci. 10(10): 741–47
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Stranded Assets in the Transition to a Carbon-Free Economy

                Frederick van der Ploeg1,2 and Armon Rezai31Department of Economics, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3UQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2School of Business and Economics, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The Netherlands3Department of Socio-Economics, Vienna University of Economics and Business, 1020 Vienna, Austria; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 281 - 298
                • ...climate scientists and the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) have argued that to limit anthropogenic global warming to at most 2°C relative to preindustrial temperatures with a probability of 66% requires that cumulative emissions from 2011 onward have to stay below 1 trillion tonnes of carbon dioxide or 270 GtC to keep global warming below 2°C (e.g., Allen et al. 2009, Meinshausen et al. 2009, Millar et al. 2017)....
                • ... and Millar et al. (2017) give similar numbers for the proportion of fossil fuel reserves of carbon that must be left in the crust of the earth to cap global warming in line with the Paris commitments....
              • The Biological Pump During the Last Glacial Maximum

                Eric D. Galbraith1,2,3 and Luke C. Skinner41Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences, McGill University, Montreal H3A 0E8, Canada; email: [email protected]2Institut de Ciència i Tecnologia Ambientals (ICTA-UAB), Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, 08193 Cerdanyola del Vallès, Barcelona, Spain3Institució Catalana de Recerca i Estudis Avançats (ICREA), 08010 Barcelona, Spain4Godwin Laboratory for Palaeoclimate Research, Department of Earth Sciences, University of Cambridge, Cambridge CB2 3EQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 12: 559 - 586
                • ...such as the 2°C warming limit called for by the Paris Agreement (Millar et al. 2017). ...

            • 98. 
              Goodwin P, Katavouta A, Roussenov VM, Foster GL, Rohling EJ, Williams RG. 2018. Pathways to 1.5°C and 2°C warming based on observational and geological constraints. Nat. Geosci. 11(2): 102–7
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 99. 
              Rogelj J, Luderer G, Pietzcker RC, Kriegler E, Schaeffer M, et al. 2015. Energy system transformations for limiting end-of-century warming to below 1.5°C. Nat. Clim. Change 5(6): 519–27
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Faster Than You Think: Renewable Energy and Developing Countries

                Channing Arndt,1, Doug Arent,2 Faaiqa Hartley,3 Bruno Merven,3 and Alam Hossain Mondal1,41Environment and Production Technology Division, International Food Policy Research Institute (IFPRI), Washington, DC 20006, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Scientific Computing and Energy Analysis, National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL), Golden, CO 80401, USA; email: [email protected]3Energy Systems, Economics and Policy Group, Energy Research Centre, University of Cape Town, Rondebosch, Cape Town 7700, South Africa; email: [email protected], [email protected]4Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Daffodil International University, Dhaka 1207, Bangladesh
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 11: 149 - 168
                • ...These more wholistic approaches are also at the core of Shared Socioeconomic Pathways and the 1.5-degree pathways that have recently been evaluated for consideration as countries contemplate actions to achieve local and Paris Agreement–related goals and ambitions (McCollum et al. 2018; Rogelj et al. 2015, 2018)....
              • Carbon Lock-In: Types, Causes, and Policy Implications

                Karen C. Seto,1 Steven J. Davis,2 Ronald B. Mitchell,3 Eleanor C. Stokes,1 Gregory Unruh,4 and Diana Ürge-Vorsatz51Yale School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]2Department of Earth System Science, University of California, Irvine, California 926973Department of Political Science and Program in Environmental Studies, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 974034New Century College, George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia 220305Center for Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Policy, Central European University, 1051 Budapest, Hungary
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 425 - 452
                • ...Ambitious goals for climate change mitigation such as those adopted in the Paris Agreement will require rapid reduction of regional and global CO2 emissions, on the order of 5–10% per year (1, 2), ...

            • 100. 
              Riahi K, Kriegler E, Johnson N, Bertram C, den Elzen M, et al. 2015. Locked into Copenhagen pledges: implications of short-term emission targets for the cost and feasibility of long-term climate goals. Technol. Forecast. Soc. Change 90(A): 8–23
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Integrating Global Climate Change Mitigation Goals with Other Sustainability Objectives: A Synthesis

                Christoph von Stechow,1,2,3 David McCollum,4 Keywan Riahi,4,5 Jan C. Minx,1,2,6 Elmar Kriegler,1 Detlef P. van Vuuren,7,8 Jessica Jewell,4 Carmenza Robledo-Abad,9 Edgar Hertwich,10 Massimo Tavoni,11,12 Sevastianos Mirasgedis,13 Oliver Lah,14 Joyashree Roy,15 Yacob Mulugetta,16 Navroz K. Dubash,17 Johannes Bollen,18 Diana Ürge-Vorsatz,19 and Ottmar Edenhofer1,2,31Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14412 Potsdam, Germany; email: [email protected]2Mercator Research Institute on Global Commons and Climate Change, 10829 Berlin, Germany3Department of Economics of Climate Change, Technical University Berlin, 10623 Berlin, Germany4Energy Program, International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis, A-2361 Laxenburg, Austria5Institute of Thermal Engineering, Graz University of Technology, A-8010 Graz, Austria6Hertie School of Governance, 10117 Berlin, Germany7Department of Climate, Air, and Energy, PBL Netherlands Environmental Assessment Agency, 3720 AH Bilthoven, the Netherlands8Copernicus Institute of Sustainable Development, Environmental Sciences, Utrecht University, 3584 CS Utrecht, the Netherlands9Department of Environmental Systems Science, USYS TdLab, ETH Zürich, 8092 Zürich, Switzerland10Industrial Ecology Programme, Department of Energy and Process Engineering, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, NO-7491 Trondheim, Norway11Climate Change and Sustainable Development Programme, Fondazione Eni Enrico Mattei and Centro Euromediterraneo sui Cambiamenti Climatici, 20123 Milan, Italy12Department of Management and Economics, Politecnico di Milano, 20156 Milan, Italy13Institute for Environmental Research and Sustainable Development, National Observatory of Athens, GR-15236 Penteli, Greece14Wuppertal Institute for Climate, Environment and Energy, 10178 Berlin, Germany15Department of Economics and Global Change Program, Jadavpur University, Kolkata 700032, India16Department of Science, Technology, Engineering and Public Policy, University College London, London W1T 6EY, United Kingdom17Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi 110021, India18CPB Netherlands Bureau for Economic Policy Analysis, 2585 JR The Hague, the Netherlands19Center for Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Policy, Central European University, 1051 Budapest, Hungary
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 40: 363 - 394
                • ...A large body of literature has looked at the challenge of meeting stringent climate targets (1...
                • ...Policy makers can increase the level of flexibility by enacting policies that help reduce energy demand (5, 21) and can harness this flexibility by choosing climate policies according to national/local circumstances and preferences....

            • 101. 
              World Bank. 2017. World Bank Open Data. Washington, DC: World Bank. https://data.worldbank.org/
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 102. 
              Jackson RB, Le Quere C, Andrew RM, Canadell JG, Peters GP, et al. 2017. Warning signs for stabilizing global CO2 emissions. Environ. Res. Lett. 12(11): 110202
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 103. 
              Fawcett AA, Iyer GC, Clarke LE, Edmonds JA, Hultman NE, et al. 2015. Can Paris pledges avert severe climate change? Science 350(6265): 1168–69
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Climate Change and Small Island Developing States

                Adelle Thomas,1,2 April Baptiste,3 Rosanne Martyr-Koller,1 Patrick Pringle,1 and Kevon Rhiney41Climate Analytics, 10961 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Climate Change Adaptation and Resilience Research Centre, University of The Bahamas, Nassau 4912, The Bahamas3Environmental Studies, Colgate University, Hamilton, New York 13346, USA; email: [email protected]4Department of Geography, School of Arts and Sciences, Rutgers University, Piscataway, New Jersey 08854, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 45: 1 - 27
                • ...and whether the mechanisms set out under the final agreement are even sufficient to keep global warming to tolerable levels (139...
              • The Engineering of Climate Engineering

                Douglas G. MacMartin1 and Ben Kravitz21Sibley School of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, USA; email: [email protected]2Atmospheric Sciences and Global Change Division, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Richland, Washington 99352, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Control, Robotics, and Autonomous Systems Vol. 2: 445 - 467
                • ...yet the international commitments to mitigation made as part of the 2015 Paris agreement are unlikely to meet this aim (4), ...

            • 104. 
              Gernaat DEHJ, Calvin K, Lucas PL, Luderer G, Otto SAC, et al. 2015. Understanding the contribution of non-carbon dioxide gases in deep mitigation scenarios. Glob. Environ. Change 33: 142–53
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 105. 
              Gambhir A, Napp T, Hawkes A, Höglund-Isaksson L, Winiwarter W, et al. 2017. The contribution of non-CO2 greenhouse gas mitigation to achieving long-term temperature goals. Energies 10(5): 602
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 106. 
              Clarke L, Jiang K, Akimoto K, Babiker M, Blanford G, et al. 2014. Assessing transformation pathways. In Climate Change 2014: Mitigation of Climate Change. Contribution of Working Group III to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, ed. O Edenhofer, R Pichs-Madruga, Y Sokona, E Farahani, S Kadner, et al., pp. 413–510. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Three Decades of Climate Mitigation: Why Haven't We Bent the Global Emissions Curve?

                Isak Stoddard,1 Kevin Anderson,1,2 Stuart Capstick,3 Wim Carton,4 Joanna Depledge,5 Keri Facer,1,6 Clair Gough,2 Frederic Hache,7 Claire Hoolohan,2,3 Martin Hultman,8 Niclas Hällström,9 Sivan Kartha,10 Sonja Klinsky,11 Magdalena Kuchler,1 Eva Lövbrand,12 Naghmeh Nasiritousi,13,14 Peter Newell,15 Glen P. Peters,16 Youba Sokona,17 Andy Stirling,18 Matthew Stilwell,19 Clive L. Spash,20 and Mariama Williams171Natural Resources and Sustainable Development, Department of Earth Sciences, Uppsala University, SE-752 36 Uppsala, Sweden; email: [email protected]2Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, School of Engineering, University of Manchester, Manchester M13 9PL, United Kingdom3Centre for Climate Change and Social Transformation, School of Psychology, Cardiff University, Cardiff CF10 3AT, United Kingdom4Lund University Centre for Sustainability Studies, Lund University, SE-221 00 Lund, Sweden5Cambridge Centre for Environment, Energy and Natural Resource Governance, Cambridge University, Cambridge CB2 3QZ, United Kingdom6School of Education, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 1JA, United Kingdom7Green Finance Observatory, 1050 Brussels, Belgium8Department of Technology Development and Management, Chalmers University of Technology, SE-412 96 Gothenburg, Sweden9What Next?, SE-756 45 Uppsala, Sweden10Stockholm Environment Institute, Somerville, Massachusetts 02144, USA11School of Sustainability, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA12Department of Thematic Studies–Environmental Change, Linköping University, SE-581 83 Linköping, Sweden13Department of Political Science, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden14Swedish Institute of International Affairs, SE-114 28 Stockholm, Sweden15Department of International Relations, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9SN, United Kingdom16Center for International Climate Research, 0318 Oslo, Norway17The South Centre, 1219 Geneva, Switzerland18Science Policy Research Unit, Business School, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9RH, United Kingdom19Institute for Governance & Sustainable Development, Washington, DC 20007, USA20Institute for Multi-Level Governance and Development, WU Vienna University of Economics, 1020 Vienna, Austria
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46:
                • ...then new technologies could diffuse into the energy system at a much higher rate and assume a larger share of the total energy supply (114, 117, 118)....
              • Land-Management Options for Greenhouse Gas Removal and Their Impacts on Ecosystem Services and the Sustainable Development Goals

                Pete Smith,1 Justin Adams,2 David J. Beerling,3 Tim Beringer,4 Katherine V. Calvin,5 Sabine Fuss,6,7 Bronson Griscom,8 Nikolas Hagemann,9,10 Claudia Kammann,11 Florian Kraxner,12 Jan C. Minx,6,13 Alexander Popp,14 Phil Renforth,15 Jose Luis Vicente Vicente,6 and Saskia Keesstra16,171Institute of Biological and Environmental Sciences, University of Aberdeen, Aberdeen AB24 3UU, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2World Economic Forum, 1223 Cologny, Switzerland3Leverhulme Centre for Climate Change Mitigation, Department of Animal and Plant Sciences, University of Sheffield, Sheffield S10 2TN, United Kingdom4Integrative Research Institute on Transformations of Human Environment Systems (IRI THESys), Humboldt University of Berlin, 10099 Berlin, Germany5Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Joint Global Change Research Institute, College Park, Maryland 20740, USA6Mercator Research Institute on Global Commons and Climate Change, 10829 Berlin, Germany7Geographical Institute, Humboldt University of Berlin, 10099 Berlin, Germany8The Nature Conservancy, Arlington, Virginia 22203, USA9Ithaka Institute gGmbH, 79106 Freiburg, Germany10Environmental Analytics, Agroscope, 8046 Zurich, Switzerland11Institute for Applied Ecology, Department of Climatic Effects on Special Crops, Hochschule Geisenheim University, 65366 Geisenheim, Germany 12International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis, A-2361 Laxenburg, Austria13Priestley International Centre for Climate, School of Earth and Environment, University of Leeds, Leeds LS2 9JT, United Kingdom14Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14412 Potsdam, Germany15Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh TD1 3HF, United Kingdom16Wageningen Environmental Research, 6708 PB Wageningen, The Netherlands17Civil, Surveying and Environmental Engineering, The University of Newcastle, Callaghan 2308, Australia
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 255 - 286
                • ...Bioenergy and BECCS are produced on the land but could be used to decarbonize the energy system (122)....
                • ...all of which could be used in combination with CCS (122)....

            • 107. 
              Luderer G, Kriegler E, Delsa L, Edelenbosch O, Emmerling J, et al. 2016. Deep decarbonization towards 1.5°C-2°C stabilisation: policy findings from the ADVANCE project. ADVANCE. 1st ed.
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 108. 
              Rogelj J, McCollum DL, O'Neill BC, Riahi K. 2013. 2020 emissions levels required to limit warming to below 2°C. Nat. Clim. Change 3(4): 405–12
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Integrating Global Climate Change Mitigation Goals with Other Sustainability Objectives: A Synthesis

                Christoph von Stechow,1,2,3 David McCollum,4 Keywan Riahi,4,5 Jan C. Minx,1,2,6 Elmar Kriegler,1 Detlef P. van Vuuren,7,8 Jessica Jewell,4 Carmenza Robledo-Abad,9 Edgar Hertwich,10 Massimo Tavoni,11,12 Sevastianos Mirasgedis,13 Oliver Lah,14 Joyashree Roy,15 Yacob Mulugetta,16 Navroz K. Dubash,17 Johannes Bollen,18 Diana Ürge-Vorsatz,19 and Ottmar Edenhofer1,2,31Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14412 Potsdam, Germany; email: [email protected]2Mercator Research Institute on Global Commons and Climate Change, 10829 Berlin, Germany3Department of Economics of Climate Change, Technical University Berlin, 10623 Berlin, Germany4Energy Program, International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis, A-2361 Laxenburg, Austria5Institute of Thermal Engineering, Graz University of Technology, A-8010 Graz, Austria6Hertie School of Governance, 10117 Berlin, Germany7Department of Climate, Air, and Energy, PBL Netherlands Environmental Assessment Agency, 3720 AH Bilthoven, the Netherlands8Copernicus Institute of Sustainable Development, Environmental Sciences, Utrecht University, 3584 CS Utrecht, the Netherlands9Department of Environmental Systems Science, USYS TdLab, ETH Zürich, 8092 Zürich, Switzerland10Industrial Ecology Programme, Department of Energy and Process Engineering, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, NO-7491 Trondheim, Norway11Climate Change and Sustainable Development Programme, Fondazione Eni Enrico Mattei and Centro Euromediterraneo sui Cambiamenti Climatici, 20123 Milan, Italy12Department of Management and Economics, Politecnico di Milano, 20156 Milan, Italy13Institute for Environmental Research and Sustainable Development, National Observatory of Athens, GR-15236 Penteli, Greece14Wuppertal Institute for Climate, Environment and Energy, 10178 Berlin, Germany15Department of Economics and Global Change Program, Jadavpur University, Kolkata 700032, India16Department of Science, Technology, Engineering and Public Policy, University College London, London W1T 6EY, United Kingdom17Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi 110021, India18CPB Netherlands Bureau for Economic Policy Analysis, 2585 JR The Hague, the Netherlands19Center for Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Policy, Central European University, 1051 Budapest, Hungary
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 40: 363 - 394
                • ...A large body of literature has looked at the challenge of meeting stringent climate targets (1–6)....

            • 109. 
              Gambhir A, Drouet L, McCollum D, Napp T, Bernie D, et al. 2017. Assessing the feasibility of global long-term mitigation scenarios. Energies 10(1): e89
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 110. 
              Riahi K, van Vuuren DP, Kriegler E, Edmonds J, O'Neill BC, et al. 2017. The Shared Socioeconomic Pathways and their energy, land use, and greenhouse gas emissions implications: an overview. Glob. Environ. Change 42: 153–68
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • 1.5°C Hotspots: Climate Hazards, Vulnerabilities, and Impacts

                Carl-Friedrich Schleussner,1,2,3 Delphine Deryng,1 Sarah D'haen,1 William Hare,1 Tabea Lissner,1 Mouhamed Ly,1,4 Alexander Nauels,1,5 Melinda Noblet,1 Peter Pfleiderer,1,2,3 Patrick Pringle,1 Martin Rokitzki,1 Fahad Saeed,1,2,6 Michiel Schaeffer,1,7 Olivia Serdeczny,1,3 and Adelle Thomas1,81Climate Analytics, 10961 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected]2Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14473 Potsdam, Germany3IRITHESys, Humboldt University, 10117 Berlin, Germany4LPAOSF/ESP, Cheikh Anta Diop University, 5085 Dakar-Fann, Senegal5Australian-German Climate & Energy College, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria 3010, Australia6Center for Excellence in Climate Change Research, King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah 21589, Saudi Arabia7Department of Environmental Sciences, Wageningen University and Research Centre, 6700 AA Wageningen, The Netherlands8Environmental and Life Sciences, University of The Bahamas, Nassau 76905, The Bahamas
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 135 - 163
                • ...At the same time, sustainable development trajectories are enabling very stringent mitigation pathways (183), ...
              • Scenario Development and Foresight Analysis: Exploring Options to Inform Choices

                Keith Wiebe,1 Monika Zurek,2 Steven Lord,2 Natalia Brzezina,3 Gnel Gabrielyan,4 Jessica Libertini,5 Adam Loch,6 Resham Thapa-Parajuli,7 Joost Vervoort,2,8 and Henk Westhoek91Environment and Production Technology Division, International Food Policy Research Institute, Washington, DC 20005, USA; email: [email protected]2Environmental Change Institute, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]3Sustainable Food Economies Research Group, KU Leuven, 3001 Leuven, Belgium; email: [email protected]4Charles H. Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, USA; email: [email protected]5Applied Mathematics Department, Virginia Military Institute, Lexington, Virginia 24450, USA; email: [email protected]6Center for Global Food and Resources, University of Adelaide, Adelaide SA 5005, Australia; email: [email protected]7Business School, Faculty of Business, Law and Politics, University of Hull, Hull HU6 7RX, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]8Copernicus Institute of Sustainable Development, Utrecht University, 3584 CS Utrecht, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]9PBL Netherlands Environmental Assessment Agency, 2500 GH The Hague, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 545 - 570
                • ...–87) representing alternative trajectories for greenhouse gas emissions and key socioeconomic variables....
                • ...in combination with SSPs representing alternative narratives and assumptions about population, income, and other socioeconomic drivers in global economic models (57, 87)....

            • 111. 
              Kriegler E, Petermann N, Krey V, Schwanitz VJ, Luderer G, et al. 2015. Diagnostic indicators for integrated assessment models of climate policy. Technol. Forecast. Soc. Change 90(A): 45–61
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 112. 
              Schaeffer M, Rogelj J, Roming N, Sferra F, Hare B, Serdeczny O. 2015. Feasibility of Limiting Warming to 1.5 and 2°C. Berlin: Climate Analytics
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 113. 
              IEA, IRENA. 2017. Perspectives for the Energy Transition: Investment Needs for a Low-Carbon Energy System. Abu Dhabi, UAE: IEA, IRENA
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 114. 
              Blanford GJ, Kriegler E, Tavoni M. 2014. Harmonization versus fragmentation: overview of climate policy scenarios in EMF27. Clim. Change 123(3–4): 383–96
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 115. 
              Fujimori S, Kubota I, Dai H, Takahashi K, Hasegawa T, et al. 2016. Will international emissions trading help achieve the objectives of the Paris Agreement? Environ. Res. Lett. 11(10): 104001
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 116. 
              Nemet GF, Holloway T, Meier P. 2010. Implications of incorporating air-quality co-benefits into climate change policymaking. Environ. Res. Lett. 5: 014007
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Integrating Global Climate Change Mitigation Goals with Other Sustainability Objectives: A Synthesis

                Christoph von Stechow,1,2,3 David McCollum,4 Keywan Riahi,4,5 Jan C. Minx,1,2,6 Elmar Kriegler,1 Detlef P. van Vuuren,7,8 Jessica Jewell,4 Carmenza Robledo-Abad,9 Edgar Hertwich,10 Massimo Tavoni,11,12 Sevastianos Mirasgedis,13 Oliver Lah,14 Joyashree Roy,15 Yacob Mulugetta,16 Navroz K. Dubash,17 Johannes Bollen,18 Diana Ürge-Vorsatz,19 and Ottmar Edenhofer1,2,31Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14412 Potsdam, Germany; email: [email protected]2Mercator Research Institute on Global Commons and Climate Change, 10829 Berlin, Germany3Department of Economics of Climate Change, Technical University Berlin, 10623 Berlin, Germany4Energy Program, International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis, A-2361 Laxenburg, Austria5Institute of Thermal Engineering, Graz University of Technology, A-8010 Graz, Austria6Hertie School of Governance, 10117 Berlin, Germany7Department of Climate, Air, and Energy, PBL Netherlands Environmental Assessment Agency, 3720 AH Bilthoven, the Netherlands8Copernicus Institute of Sustainable Development, Environmental Sciences, Utrecht University, 3584 CS Utrecht, the Netherlands9Department of Environmental Systems Science, USYS TdLab, ETH Zürich, 8092 Zürich, Switzerland10Industrial Ecology Programme, Department of Energy and Process Engineering, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, NO-7491 Trondheim, Norway11Climate Change and Sustainable Development Programme, Fondazione Eni Enrico Mattei and Centro Euromediterraneo sui Cambiamenti Climatici, 20123 Milan, Italy12Department of Management and Economics, Politecnico di Milano, 20156 Milan, Italy13Institute for Environmental Research and Sustainable Development, National Observatory of Athens, GR-15236 Penteli, Greece14Wuppertal Institute for Climate, Environment and Energy, 10178 Berlin, Germany15Department of Economics and Global Change Program, Jadavpur University, Kolkata 700032, India16Department of Science, Technology, Engineering and Public Policy, University College London, London W1T 6EY, United Kingdom17Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi 110021, India18CPB Netherlands Bureau for Economic Policy Analysis, 2585 JR The Hague, the Netherlands19Center for Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Policy, Central European University, 1051 Budapest, Hungary
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 40: 363 - 394
                • ...potentially changing the incentive structure for global mitigation efforts if near-term benefits for other objectives (e.g., local air quality) are more explicitly taken into account (36, 38...
                • ...The section also identifies the most important caveats that are associated with the quantification and global aggregation of coeffects—often referring to literature on air pollution because it is the most thoroughly researched coeffect (12, 36, 41)....
                • ...whereas many of the coeffects are most salient as policy drivers at the local scale (19, 41, 56).4...
                • ...a lower base of pollutants squeezing the potential health gains (35, 41, 57, 59, 62, 63)....
                • ...cover a wide range of estimates: $2–840 per ton of CO2 saved (see 41 for an overview, ...
                • ...impact channels, economic sectors, time horizons, and valuation techniques (see, e.g., 35, 41, 45, 55, 65)....
                • ...Because many authors have argued for a more integrated policy approach to advance mitigation and additional sustainability objectives (e.g., 7, 10, 28, 39, 41, 43, 44), ...

            • 117. 
              Rosen RA. 2015. Critical review of: “Making or breaking climate targets: the AMPERE study on staged accession scenarios for climate policy.” Technol. Forecast. Soc. Change 96: 322–26
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 118. 
              Creutzig F, Agoston P, Goldschmidt JC, Luderer G, Nemet G, Pietzcker RC. 2017. The underestimated potential of solar energy to mitigate climate change. Nat. Energy. 2(9): 17140
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Three Decades of Climate Mitigation: Why Haven't We Bent the Global Emissions Curve?

                Isak Stoddard,1 Kevin Anderson,1,2 Stuart Capstick,3 Wim Carton,4 Joanna Depledge,5 Keri Facer,1,6 Clair Gough,2 Frederic Hache,7 Claire Hoolohan,2,3 Martin Hultman,8 Niclas Hällström,9 Sivan Kartha,10 Sonja Klinsky,11 Magdalena Kuchler,1 Eva Lövbrand,12 Naghmeh Nasiritousi,13,14 Peter Newell,15 Glen P. Peters,16 Youba Sokona,17 Andy Stirling,18 Matthew Stilwell,19 Clive L. Spash,20 and Mariama Williams171Natural Resources and Sustainable Development, Department of Earth Sciences, Uppsala University, SE-752 36 Uppsala, Sweden; email: [email protected]2Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, School of Engineering, University of Manchester, Manchester M13 9PL, United Kingdom3Centre for Climate Change and Social Transformation, School of Psychology, Cardiff University, Cardiff CF10 3AT, United Kingdom4Lund University Centre for Sustainability Studies, Lund University, SE-221 00 Lund, Sweden5Cambridge Centre for Environment, Energy and Natural Resource Governance, Cambridge University, Cambridge CB2 3QZ, United Kingdom6School of Education, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 1JA, United Kingdom7Green Finance Observatory, 1050 Brussels, Belgium8Department of Technology Development and Management, Chalmers University of Technology, SE-412 96 Gothenburg, Sweden9What Next?, SE-756 45 Uppsala, Sweden10Stockholm Environment Institute, Somerville, Massachusetts 02144, USA11School of Sustainability, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA12Department of Thematic Studies–Environmental Change, Linköping University, SE-581 83 Linköping, Sweden13Department of Political Science, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden14Swedish Institute of International Affairs, SE-114 28 Stockholm, Sweden15Department of International Relations, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9SN, United Kingdom16Center for International Climate Research, 0318 Oslo, Norway17The South Centre, 1219 Geneva, Switzerland18Science Policy Research Unit, Business School, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9RH, United Kingdom19Institute for Governance & Sustainable Development, Washington, DC 20007, USA20Institute for Multi-Level Governance and Development, WU Vienna University of Economics, 1020 Vienna, Austria
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46: 653 - 689
                • ...many global energy and mitigation scenarios have been deeply conservative on the deployment of renewables (119), ...
                • ...most energy system models have not emphasized the necessary level of infrastructure retirement and have simultaneously failed to fully capture the cost declines of renewable energy (119)....
              • The Economics of Variable Renewable Energy and Electricity Storage

                Javier López Prol1,2,3 and Wolf-Peter Schill21Wegener Center for Climate and Global Change, University of Graz, 8010 Graz, Austria; email: [email protected]2German Institute for Economic Research (DIW Berlin), 10117 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, Yonsei University Mirae Campus, Wonju-si, Gangwon-do, South Korea
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 443 - 467
                • ...Considering that both the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) (Creutzig et al. 2017)...

            • 119. 
              Carbon Tracker, Grantham Institute Imperial College London. 2017. Expect the unexpected: the disruptive power of low-carbon technology. Rep., Carbon Tracker Initiat., London
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 120. 
              Stern N. 2016. Economics: current climate models are grossly misleading. Nature 530(7591): 407–9
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Resource Management Under Catastrophic Threats

                Yacov Tsur1 and Amos Zemel21Department of Environmental Economics and Management, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot 7610001, Israel; email: [email protected]2Department of Solar Energy and Environmental Physics, The Jacob Blaustein Institutes for Desert Research, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva 8410501, Israel; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 403 - 425
                • ...their neglect in the IAMs has been considered a serious deficiency (Stern 2007, 2016)....
              • Adaptation to Climate Change

                Sam FankhauserGrantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment and Centre for Climate Change Economics and Policy (CCCEP), London School of Economics, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 209 - 230
                • ...The simplifications needed to make integrated assessment models tractable and the difficulties in calibrating credible damage functions have been severely criticized, most prominently by Pindyck (2013) and Stern (2013, 2016), ...
                • ...perhaps also influenced by broader criticism of integrated assessment models (Pindyck 2013; Stern 2013, 2016)....

            • 121. 
              Wilson C, Grubler A, Gallagher KS, Nemet GF. 2012. Marginalization of end-use technologies in energy innovation for climate protection. Nat. Clim. Change 2: 780–88
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 122. 
              Anderson K, Peters G. 2016. The trouble with negative emissions. Science 354(6309): 182–83
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Three Decades of Climate Mitigation: Why Haven't We Bent the Global Emissions Curve?

                Isak Stoddard,1 Kevin Anderson,1,2 Stuart Capstick,3 Wim Carton,4 Joanna Depledge,5 Keri Facer,1,6 Clair Gough,2 Frederic Hache,7 Claire Hoolohan,2,3 Martin Hultman,8 Niclas Hällström,9 Sivan Kartha,10 Sonja Klinsky,11 Magdalena Kuchler,1 Eva Lövbrand,12 Naghmeh Nasiritousi,13,14 Peter Newell,15 Glen P. Peters,16 Youba Sokona,17 Andy Stirling,18 Matthew Stilwell,19 Clive L. Spash,20 and Mariama Williams171Natural Resources and Sustainable Development, Department of Earth Sciences, Uppsala University, SE-752 36 Uppsala, Sweden; email: [email protected]2Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, School of Engineering, University of Manchester, Manchester M13 9PL, United Kingdom3Centre for Climate Change and Social Transformation, School of Psychology, Cardiff University, Cardiff CF10 3AT, United Kingdom4Lund University Centre for Sustainability Studies, Lund University, SE-221 00 Lund, Sweden5Cambridge Centre for Environment, Energy and Natural Resource Governance, Cambridge University, Cambridge CB2 3QZ, United Kingdom6School of Education, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 1JA, United Kingdom7Green Finance Observatory, 1050 Brussels, Belgium8Department of Technology Development and Management, Chalmers University of Technology, SE-412 96 Gothenburg, Sweden9What Next?, SE-756 45 Uppsala, Sweden10Stockholm Environment Institute, Somerville, Massachusetts 02144, USA11School of Sustainability, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA12Department of Thematic Studies–Environmental Change, Linköping University, SE-581 83 Linköping, Sweden13Department of Political Science, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden14Swedish Institute of International Affairs, SE-114 28 Stockholm, Sweden15Department of International Relations, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9SN, United Kingdom16Center for International Climate Research, 0318 Oslo, Norway17The South Centre, 1219 Geneva, Switzerland18Science Policy Research Unit, Business School, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9RH, United Kingdom19Institute for Governance & Sustainable Development, Washington, DC 20007, USA20Institute for Multi-Level Governance and Development, WU Vienna University of Economics, 1020 Vienna, Austria
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46: 653 - 689
                • ...There remains a lack of systematic analyses of scenarios assuming low deployment of such technologies (105, 106, 127), ...
              • Advances Toward a Net-Zero Global Building Sector

                Diana Ürge-Vorsatz,1 Radhika Khosla,2 Rob Bernhardt,3 Yi Chieh Chan,4 David Vérez,5 Shan Hu,6 and Luisa F. Cabeza51Department of Environmental Sciences and Policy, Central European University (CEU), 1051 Budapest, Hungary; email: [email protected]2Smith School of Enterprise and the Environment, School of Geography and the Environment, University of Oxford, OX2 6HD Oxford, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]3Passive House Canada, Victoria, British Columbia V9A 3S1, Canada; email: [email protected]4Electrical and Electronic Manufacturing, Delta Electronics Foundation, 11491 Taipei, Taiwan; email: [email protected]5GREiA Research Group, Universitat de Lleida, 25001 Lleida, Spain; email: [email protected]6Building Energy Research Center, Tsinghua University, 100084 Beijing, China; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 45: 227 - 269
                • ...Scenarios with a high reliance on BECCS have been heavily criticized by the scientific community as entailing substantial risks (3, 4), ...

            • 123. 
              The National Research Council. 2015. Climate Intervention: Reflecting Sunlight to Cool Earth. Washington, DC: Nat. Acad. Press
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 124. 
              Royal Society. 2009. Geoengineering the Climate: Science, Governance and Uncertainty. London: R. Soc.
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 125. 
              Lenton TM, Vaughan NE. 2009. The radiative forcing potential of different climate geoengineering options. Atmos. Chem. Phys. 9(15): 5539–61
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Environmental Tipping Points

                Timothy M. LentonCollege of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Exeter, Exeter EX4 4PS, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 1 - 29
                • ...there will be a comparable delay in the response of Earth's temperature (170)....
              • The Science of Geoengineering

                Ken Caldeira,1 Govindasamy Bala,2 and Long Cao31Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]2Center for Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore 560 012, India3Department of Earth Sciences, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, Zhejiang 310027, China
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 41: 231 - 256
                • ...and this increase has been estimated to yield an upper-limit radiative forcing of −0.35 W m−2 (Lenton & Vaughan 2009)....
                • ...decreasing atmospheric CO2 to preindustrial CO2 levels would require permanently sequestering an amount of carbon equal to the total amount of historical CO2 emissions (Cao & Caldeira 2010a, Lenton & Vaughan 2009, Matthews 2010)....

            • 126. 
              Keith DW. 2000. Geoengineering the climate: history and prospect. Annu. Rev. Energy Environ. 25: 245–84
              • Link
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
            • 127. 
              Heutel G, Moreno-Cruz J, Ricke K. 2016. Climate engineering economics. Annu. Rev. Resour. Econ. 8(1): 99–118
              • Link
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
            • 128. 
              Klepper G, Rickels W. 2014. Climate engineering: economic considerations and research challenges. Rev. Environ. Econ. Policy 8: 270–89
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Climate Engineering Economics

                Garth Heutel,1 Juan Moreno-Cruz,2 and Katharine Ricke31Department of Economics, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302; email: [email protected]2School of Economics, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected]3Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 99 - 118
                • ...not CDR. Klepper & Rickels (2012, 2014) provide overviews of both the science and economics of CDR and SRM....

            • 129. 
              Keith DW, Parson E, Morgan MG. 2010. Research on global sun block needed now. Nature 463: 426
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Solar Geoengineering: Social Science, Legal, Ethical, and Economic Frameworks

                Jane A. Flegal,1 Anna-Maria Hubert,2,3 David R. Morrow,4,5 and Juan B. Moreno-Cruz61School for the Future of Innovation in Society, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA2Faculty of Law, University of Calgary, Calgary, Alberta T2N 1N4, Canada3Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, University of Oxford, Oxford OX2 6PN, United Kingdom4Forum for Climate Engineering Assessment, American University, Washington, DC 20016, USA5Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy, George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia 22030, USA6School of Environment, Enterprise and Development, University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario N2L 3G1, Canada; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 399 - 423
                • ...and that there needs to be a more robust research program addressing geoengineering challenges (158, 159)....

            • 130. 
              Rogelj J, Popp A, Calvin KV, Luderer G, Emmerling J, et al. 2018. Scenarios towards limiting global mean temperature increase below 1.5°C. Nat. Clim. Change 8(4): 325–32
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Stranded Assets in the Transition to a Carbon-Free Economy

                Frederick van der Ploeg1,2 and Armon Rezai31Department of Economics, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3UQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2School of Business and Economics, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The Netherlands3Department of Socio-Economics, Vienna University of Economics and Business, 1020 Vienna, Austria; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 281 - 298
                • ...Rogelj et al. (2018) consider institutional speed limits on the road to the carbon-free era (e.g., ...
              • Faster Than You Think: Renewable Energy and Developing Countries

                Channing Arndt,1, Doug Arent,2 Faaiqa Hartley,3 Bruno Merven,3 and Alam Hossain Mondal1,41Environment and Production Technology Division, International Food Policy Research Institute (IFPRI), Washington, DC 20006, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Scientific Computing and Energy Analysis, National Renewable Energy Laboratory (NREL), Golden, CO 80401, USA; email: [email protected]3Energy Systems, Economics and Policy Group, Energy Research Centre, University of Cape Town, Rondebosch, Cape Town 7700, South Africa; email: [email protected], [email protected]4Department of Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Daffodil International University, Dhaka 1207, Bangladesh
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 11: 149 - 168
                • ...and model improvements have been realized (Edenhofer et al. 2012, GEA 2012, Luderer et al. 2017, Rogelj et al. 2018)....
                • ...These more wholistic approaches are also at the core of Shared Socioeconomic Pathways and the 1.5-degree pathways that have recently been evaluated for consideration as countries contemplate actions to achieve local and Paris Agreement–related goals and ambitions (McCollum et al. 2018; Rogelj et al. 2015, 2018)....

            • 131. 
              Fuss S, Lamb WF, Callaghan MW, Hilaire J, Creutzig F, Amann T. 2018. Negative emissions—Part 2: costs, potentials and side effects. Environ. Res. Rev. Lett. 13: 6
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Restoring Degraded Lands

                Almut Arneth,1,2 Lennart Olsson,3 Annette Cowie,4,5 Karl-Heinz Erb,6 Margot Hurlbert,7 Werner A. Kurz,8 Alisher Mirzabaev,9 and Mark D.A. Rounsevell1,2,101Atmospheric Environmental Research, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology, 82467 Garmisch-Partenkirchen, Germany; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Institute of Geography and Geo-ecology, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology, 76131 Karlsruhe, Germany3Lund University Centre for Sustainability Studies, Lund University, SE-221 00 Lund, Sweden; email: [email protected]4New South Wales (NSW) Department of Primary Industries Armidale Livestock Industries Centre, Armidale, New South Wales 2350, Australia; email: [email protected]5School of Environmental and Rural Science, University of New England, Armidale, New South Wales 2351, Australia6Institute of Social Ecology, University of Natural Resources and Life Sciences Vienna, 1070 Vienna, Austria; email: [email protected]7Johnson-Shoyama Graduate School of Public Policy, University of Regina, Regina, Saskatchewan S7N 5B8, Canada; email: [email protected]8Natural Resources Canada, Canadian Forest Service, Victoria, British Columbia V8Z 1M5, Canada; email: [email protected]9Center for Development Research, University of Bonn, 53113 Bonn, Germany; email: [email protected]10School of GeoSciences, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh EH8 9XP, United Kingdom
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46: 569 - 599
                • ...Sources: see References 3, 4, 62, 67, 96, 147...
                • ...is unsustainable (1, 63, 96; also see the IPCC Annex-I Glossary's definition of reforestation and afforestation: https://www.ipcc.ch/srccl/chapter/glossary/)....
                • ...Afforestation and reforestation are considered relatively cost-effective climate change mitigation options (96)....
                • ...and challenging food production if local environmental constraints or societal concerns are not considered (96, 113)....
              • Land-Management Options for Greenhouse Gas Removal and Their Impacts on Ecosystem Services and the Sustainable Development Goals

                Pete Smith,1 Justin Adams,2 David J. Beerling,3 Tim Beringer,4 Katherine V. Calvin,5 Sabine Fuss,6,7 Bronson Griscom,8 Nikolas Hagemann,9,10 Claudia Kammann,11 Florian Kraxner,12 Jan C. Minx,6,13 Alexander Popp,14 Phil Renforth,15 Jose Luis Vicente Vicente,6 and Saskia Keesstra16,171Institute of Biological and Environmental Sciences, University of Aberdeen, Aberdeen AB24 3UU, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2World Economic Forum, 1223 Cologny, Switzerland3Leverhulme Centre for Climate Change Mitigation, Department of Animal and Plant Sciences, University of Sheffield, Sheffield S10 2TN, United Kingdom4Integrative Research Institute on Transformations of Human Environment Systems (IRI THESys), Humboldt University of Berlin, 10099 Berlin, Germany5Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Joint Global Change Research Institute, College Park, Maryland 20740, USA6Mercator Research Institute on Global Commons and Climate Change, 10829 Berlin, Germany7Geographical Institute, Humboldt University of Berlin, 10099 Berlin, Germany8The Nature Conservancy, Arlington, Virginia 22203, USA9Ithaka Institute gGmbH, 79106 Freiburg, Germany10Environmental Analytics, Agroscope, 8046 Zurich, Switzerland11Institute for Applied Ecology, Department of Climatic Effects on Special Crops, Hochschule Geisenheim University, 65366 Geisenheim, Germany 12International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis, A-2361 Laxenburg, Austria13Priestley International Centre for Climate, School of Earth and Environment, University of Leeds, Leeds LS2 9JT, United Kingdom14Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14412 Potsdam, Germany15Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh TD1 3HF, United Kingdom16Wageningen Environmental Research, 6708 PB Wageningen, The Netherlands17Civil, Surveying and Environmental Engineering, The University of Newcastle, Callaghan 2308, Australia
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 255 - 286
                • ...No GGR option is a magic bullet solution (7, 8)....
                • ...GGR can be achieved through the planting of trees on land that has not been forested recently (afforestation) or the restocking of recently depleted land with (restoration) or without (reforestation) an emphasis on restoring ecological processes (8)....
                • ...but with additional sustainability constraints the upper limit is 3.6 GtCO2 year−1 (8)....
                • ...Taking into account the suitability of the tropical basins for reforestation to remove CO2 (8), ...
                • ...SCS could provide very significant GGR, in the range of 2–5 GtCO2 year−1 (8, 40, 65)....
                • ...with estimates between 0–5 GtCO2 year−1 for BECCS and 0–2 GtCO2 year−1 for biochar in 2050 (8)....
                • ...The high recalcitrance of biochar's organic C delivers C sequestration in the range of 0.3–2 GtCO2 year−1 (8, 38) or more, ...
                • ...consistent with the findings of Smith et al. (6), Minx et al. (7) and Fuss et al. (8)....
                • ...The GGR options with potential negative impacts are characterized by increasing competition for land, water, and other resources such as nutrients (6–8)....

            • 132. 
              Smith P, Davis SJ, Creutzig F, Fuss S, Minx J, et al. 2015. Biophysical and economic limits to negative CO2 emissions. Nat. Clim. Change 6: 42–50
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Three Decades of Climate Mitigation: Why Haven't We Bent the Global Emissions Curve?

                Isak Stoddard,1 Kevin Anderson,1,2 Stuart Capstick,3 Wim Carton,4 Joanna Depledge,5 Keri Facer,1,6 Clair Gough,2 Frederic Hache,7 Claire Hoolohan,2,3 Martin Hultman,8 Niclas Hällström,9 Sivan Kartha,10 Sonja Klinsky,11 Magdalena Kuchler,1 Eva Lövbrand,12 Naghmeh Nasiritousi,13,14 Peter Newell,15 Glen P. Peters,16 Youba Sokona,17 Andy Stirling,18 Matthew Stilwell,19 Clive L. Spash,20 and Mariama Williams171Natural Resources and Sustainable Development, Department of Earth Sciences, Uppsala University, SE-752 36 Uppsala, Sweden; email: [email protected]2Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, School of Engineering, University of Manchester, Manchester M13 9PL, United Kingdom3Centre for Climate Change and Social Transformation, School of Psychology, Cardiff University, Cardiff CF10 3AT, United Kingdom4Lund University Centre for Sustainability Studies, Lund University, SE-221 00 Lund, Sweden5Cambridge Centre for Environment, Energy and Natural Resource Governance, Cambridge University, Cambridge CB2 3QZ, United Kingdom6School of Education, University of Bristol, Bristol BS8 1JA, United Kingdom7Green Finance Observatory, 1050 Brussels, Belgium8Department of Technology Development and Management, Chalmers University of Technology, SE-412 96 Gothenburg, Sweden9What Next?, SE-756 45 Uppsala, Sweden10Stockholm Environment Institute, Somerville, Massachusetts 02144, USA11School of Sustainability, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA12Department of Thematic Studies–Environmental Change, Linköping University, SE-581 83 Linköping, Sweden13Department of Political Science, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden14Swedish Institute of International Affairs, SE-114 28 Stockholm, Sweden15Department of International Relations, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9SN, United Kingdom16Center for International Climate Research, 0318 Oslo, Norway17The South Centre, 1219 Geneva, Switzerland18Science Policy Research Unit, Business School, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9RH, United Kingdom19Institute for Governance & Sustainable Development, Washington, DC 20007, USA20Institute for Multi-Level Governance and Development, WU Vienna University of Economics, 1020 Vienna, Austria
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46:
                • ...both approaches raise considerable concerns in terms of feasibility, effectiveness, and potentially far-reaching negative consequences (101, 102)....
              • Land-Management Options for Greenhouse Gas Removal and Their Impacts on Ecosystem Services and the Sustainable Development Goals

                Pete Smith,1 Justin Adams,2 David J. Beerling,3 Tim Beringer,4 Katherine V. Calvin,5 Sabine Fuss,6,7 Bronson Griscom,8 Nikolas Hagemann,9,10 Claudia Kammann,11 Florian Kraxner,12 Jan C. Minx,6,13 Alexander Popp,14 Phil Renforth,15 Jose Luis Vicente Vicente,6 and Saskia Keesstra16,171Institute of Biological and Environmental Sciences, University of Aberdeen, Aberdeen AB24 3UU, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2World Economic Forum, 1223 Cologny, Switzerland3Leverhulme Centre for Climate Change Mitigation, Department of Animal and Plant Sciences, University of Sheffield, Sheffield S10 2TN, United Kingdom4Integrative Research Institute on Transformations of Human Environment Systems (IRI THESys), Humboldt University of Berlin, 10099 Berlin, Germany5Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Joint Global Change Research Institute, College Park, Maryland 20740, USA6Mercator Research Institute on Global Commons and Climate Change, 10829 Berlin, Germany7Geographical Institute, Humboldt University of Berlin, 10099 Berlin, Germany8The Nature Conservancy, Arlington, Virginia 22203, USA9Ithaka Institute gGmbH, 79106 Freiburg, Germany10Environmental Analytics, Agroscope, 8046 Zurich, Switzerland11Institute for Applied Ecology, Department of Climatic Effects on Special Crops, Hochschule Geisenheim University, 65366 Geisenheim, Germany 12International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis, A-2361 Laxenburg, Austria13Priestley International Centre for Climate, School of Earth and Environment, University of Leeds, Leeds LS2 9JT, United Kingdom14Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14412 Potsdam, Germany15Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh TD1 3HF, United Kingdom16Wageningen Environmental Research, 6708 PB Wageningen, The Netherlands17Civil, Surveying and Environmental Engineering, The University of Newcastle, Callaghan 2308, Australia
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 255 - 286
                • ...water requirements, nutrient use, energy, and cost have recently been assessed (6)....
                • ...and nutrients as well as some physical climate impacts [such as albedo (6)]....
                • ...although large-scale AR could create competition for land for food production or for biodiversity conservation (6, 9)....
                • ...Smith et al. (6) estimate the total water use for forests from AR to be approximately 1,765 m3 t−1 Ceq year−1 (up to 1,040 km3 year−1 for removing 12.1 GtCO2 year−1)....
                • ..., large areas of land have to be set aside (6)....
                • ...Various papers have assessed the effects of future bioenergy and BECCS production on Ecosystem Services (6, 123)....
                • ...whereas impacts on the other SDGs are variable both in sign and magnitude across GGR options, consistent with the findings of Smith et al. (6), ...
                • ...The GGR options with potential negative impacts are characterized by increasing competition for land, water, and other resources such as nutrients (6...
                • ...it can have a large water footprint and increase competition for land such that food security, biodiversity conservation, and freshwater sources could suffer (6, 146); conversely, ...
                • ...for reducing the costs of GGR, and for “learning by doing” (6)....
              • The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change: Challenges and Opportunities

                Mark Vardy,1 Michael Oppenheimer,2,3 Navroz K. Dubash,4 Jessica O'Reilly,5 and Dale Jamieson61Princeton Environmental Institute, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected]2Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08540; email: [email protected]3Department of Geosciences, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 085444Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi 110021, India; email: [email protected]5Department of International Studies, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]6Department of Environmental Studies, New York University, New York, NY 10003; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 55 - 75
                • ...There are significant costs and potential risks associated with geoengineering, which differ with each specific technique under consideration (73)....

            • 133. 
              Jackson RB, Canadell JG, Fuss S, Milne J, Nakicenovic N, Tavoni M. 2017. Focus on negative emissions. Environ. Res. Lett. 12(11): 110201
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • The Terrestrial Carbon Sink

                T.F. Keenan1,2 and C.A. Williams31Earth Sciences Division, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, California 94720, USA2Department of Environmental Science, Policy and Management, University of California, Berkeley, Berkeley, California 94720, USA; email: [email protected]3Graduate School of Geography, Clark University, Worcester, Massachusetts 01610, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 219 - 243
                • ...the true potential of ecosystems in NET approaches remains underexplored (181)....

            • 134. 
              Fuss S, Canadell JG, Peters GP, Tavoni M, Andrew RM, et al. 2014. Betting on negative emissions. Nat. Clim. Change 4: 850–53
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Storage of Carbon Dioxide in Saline Aquifers: Physicochemical Processes, Key Constraints, and Scale-Up Potential

                Philip S. Ringrose,1,2 Anne-Kari Furre,1 Stuart M.V. Gilfillan,3 Samuel Krevor,4 Martin Landrø,5 Rory Leslie,3 Tip Meckel,6 Bamshad Nazarian,1 and Adeel Zahid11Equinor Research Center, 7053 Trondheim, Norway; email: [email protected]2Department of Geoscience and Petroleum, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, 7012 Trondheim, Norway3School of GeoSciences, University of Edinburgh, Grant Institute, EH9 3FE Edinburgh, Scotland4Department of Earth Science & Engineering, Imperial College, SW7 2BU London, United Kingdom5Department of Electronic Systems, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, 7012 Trondheim, Norway6Jackson School of Geosciences, The University of Texas at Austin, Austin, Texas 78705, USA
                Annual Review of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Vol. 12: 471 - 494
                • ...as it enables removal of CO2 emissions from existing industrial and energy systems, as well as supporting negative-emissions solutions (15)....
              • The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change: Challenges and Opportunities

                Mark Vardy,1 Michael Oppenheimer,2,3 Navroz K. Dubash,4 Jessica O'Reilly,5 and Dale Jamieson61Princeton Environmental Institute, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544; email: [email protected]2Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08540; email: [email protected]3Department of Geosciences, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 085444Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi 110021, India; email: [email protected]5Department of International Studies, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]6Department of Environmental Studies, New York University, New York, NY 10003; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 55 - 75
                • ...It is far from guaranteed that such techniques can be developed and deployed with sufficient speed and scale to prevent dangerous climate change (76)....
              • Thermophysical Properties and Phase Behavior of Fluids for Application in Carbon Capture and Storage Processes

                J.P. Martin TruslerDepartment of Chemical Engineering, Imperial College London, London SW7 2AZ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Vol. 8: 381 - 402
                • ...if combined with biofuel firing, CCS has the potential to provide net-negative CO2 emissions (4)....
              • Natural Variability and Anthropogenic Trends in the Ocean Carbon Sink

                Galen A. McKinley,1 Amanda R. Fay,1 Nicole S. Lovenduski,2 and Darren J. Pilcher31Department of Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences, Center for Climatic Research, and Space Science and Engineering Center, University of Wisconsin–Madison, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences and Institute of Arctic and Alpine Research, University of Colorado Boulder, Boulder, Colorado 80309; email: [email protected]3Pacific Marine Environmental Laboratory, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Seattle, Washington 98115; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Marine Science Vol. 9: 125 - 150
                • ...there is little doubt that approaches to remove carbon from the atmosphere—so-called negative emissions—will be required (Fuss et al. 2014, McNutt et al. 2015)....

            • 135. 
              Barrett S. 2008. The incredible economics of geoengineering. Environ. Resour. Econ. 39(1): 45–54
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Resource Management Under Catastrophic Threats

                Yacov Tsur1 and Amos Zemel21Department of Environmental Economics and Management, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Rehovot 7610001, Israel; email: [email protected]2Department of Solar Energy and Environmental Physics, The Jacob Blaustein Institutes for Desert Research, Ben Gurion University of the Negev, Beer Sheva 8410501, Israel; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 403 - 425
                • ...Mitigation of climate change–induced events entails stabilizing atmospheric GHG concentration at an acceptable level by reducing GHG emissions and/or employing geoengineering methods (Barrett 2008), ...
              • Climate Engineering Economics

                Garth Heutel,1 Juan Moreno-Cruz,2 and Katharine Ricke31Department of Economics, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302; email: [email protected]2School of Economics, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected]3Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 99 - 118
                • ... argues that climate engineering can be part of an optimal climate policy portfolio, and Barrett (2008)...
                • ...10Barrett's (2008) title, “The Incredible Economics of Geoengineering,” is in response to SRM's very low costs relative to mitigation, ...
              • Opportunities for and Alternatives to Global Climate Regimes Post-Kyoto

                Axel MichaelowaInstitute of Political Science, University of Zurich, 8050 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 40: 395 - 417
                • ...If the characteristics of climate change mitigation were to change with the availability of cheap methods for reducing the amount of solar radiation reaching Earth's surface (solar radiation management, SRM), the free-riding issue would lose its prohibitive characteristics (8)....
                • ...the costs of this option may be so low that small states or even rich individuals could stop temperature increase unilaterally (8)....

            • 136. 
              Barrett S. 2014. Solar geoengineering's brave new world: thoughts on the governance of an unprecedented technology. Rev. Environ. Econ. Policy. 8(2): 249–69
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • The Engineering of Climate Engineering

                Douglas G. MacMartin1 and Ben Kravitz21Sibley School of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, USA; email: [email protected]2Atmospheric Sciences and Global Change Division, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Richland, Washington 99352, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Control, Robotics, and Autonomous Systems Vol. 2: 445 - 467
                • ...decisions would also need to take into account societal and governance challenges (16...
              • International Climate Change Policy

                Gabriel Chan,1 Robert Stavins,2 and Zou Ji31Humphrey School of Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455, USA; email: [email protected]2John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected]3Energy Foundation, Beijing 100004, China; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 335 - 360
                • ...which may have negative consequences for other jurisdictions (Bodansky 2013, Barrett 2014, Parson 2014)....
              • Climate Engineering Economics

                Garth Heutel,1 Juan Moreno-Cruz,2 and Katharine Ricke31Department of Economics, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302; email: [email protected]2School of Economics, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected]3Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 99 - 118
                • ...Barrett (2014) surveys and analyzes the literature of climate engineering governance....
                • ...4Our review complements recent reviews on the economics of climate engineering. Barrett (2014) focuses on governance issues and just studies SRM, ...

            • 137. 
              Weitzman ML. 2015. A voting architecture for the governance of free-driver externalities, with application to geoengineering. Scand. J. Econ. 117: 1049–68
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Solar Geoengineering: Social Science, Legal, Ethical, and Economic Frameworks

                Jane A. Flegal,1 Anna-Maria Hubert,2,3 David R. Morrow,4,5 and Juan B. Moreno-Cruz61School for the Future of Innovation in Society, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA2Faculty of Law, University of Calgary, Calgary, Alberta T2N 1N4, Canada3Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, University of Oxford, Oxford OX2 6PN, United Kingdom4Forum for Climate Engineering Assessment, American University, Washington, DC 20016, USA5Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy, George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia 22030, USA6School of Environment, Enterprise and Development, University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario N2L 3G1, Canada; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 399 - 423
                • ...The issue of exclusion and power in the international arena is best captured by Weitzman's (169) definition of the free driver....
                • ...Weitzman (169) defines a voting architecture such that the amount of geoengineering implemented is decided by a global government with the goal of limiting the side effects of solar geoengineering....
              • Climate Engineering Economics

                Garth Heutel,1 Juan Moreno-Cruz,2 and Katharine Ricke31Department of Economics, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302; email: [email protected]2School of Economics, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected]3Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 99 - 118
                • ... and Weitzman (2015) develop specific mechanisms to determine climate engineering outcomes....
                • ...The dynamics of strategic incentives associated with SRM and implications for climate governance have been addressed in several economic theory articles. Weitzman (2015) investigates the idea of a “free driver” effect....
                • ...The ideas put forward in Weitzman (2015) are further developed in Heyen (2015)...
                • ...The author also examines the free driver notion and finds supporting evidence for excessive climate engineering under the free driver scenario, similar to Weitzman (2015)....

            • 138. 
              Goeschl T, Heyen D, Moreno-Cruz J. 2013. The intergenerational transfer of solar radiation management capabilities and atmospheric carbon stocks. Environ. Resour. Econ. 56(1): 85–104
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Climate Engineering Economics

                Garth Heutel,1 Juan Moreno-Cruz,2 and Katharine Ricke31Department of Economics, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302; email: [email protected]2School of Economics, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected]3Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 99 - 118
                • ...Contrary to Burns (2011), Goeschl et al. (2013) find a net positive effect associated with SRM via the intergenerational transfer of SRM technology....

            • 139. 
              Robock A, Marquardt A, Kravitz B, Stenchikov G. 2009. Benefits, risks, and costs of stratospheric geoengineering. Geophys. Res. Lett. 36(19): L19703
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Atmospheric Aerosols: Clouds, Chemistry, and Climate

                V. Faye McNeillDepartment of Chemical Engineering, Columbia University, New York, New York 10027; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Vol. 8: 427 - 444
                • ...Significant downsides exist for this approach (103), leading many experts to recommend that solar geoengineering should be considered only as a short-term intervention in the case of a rapid climate change emergency (104, 105)...
              • Climate Engineering Economics

                Garth Heutel,1 Juan Moreno-Cruz,2 and Katharine Ricke31Department of Economics, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302; email: [email protected]2School of Economics, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected]3Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 99 - 118
                • ...based on the balloon and artillery gun technologies. Robock et al. (2009) provide an overview of approximate costs of various technologies, ...
                • ...Some discussion of the risks associated with the termination effect is also presented in Robock et al. (2009)...
              • The Science of Geoengineering

                Ken Caldeira,1 Govindasamy Bala,2 and Long Cao31Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]2Center for Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore 560 012, India3Department of Earth Sciences, Zhejiang University, Hangzhou, Zhejiang 310027, China
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 41: 231 - 256
                • ...and space elevators (Crutzen 2006, Rasch et al. 2008b, Robock et al. 2009, Teller et al. 1997)....
                • ...and cost of each delivering system need to be fully evaluated (Robock et al. 2009)....

            • 140. 
              Trisos CH, Amatulli G, Gurevitch J, Robock A, Xia L, Zambri B. 2018. Potentially dangerous consequences for biodiversity of solar geoengineering implementation and termination. Nat. Ecol. Evol. 2(3): 475–82
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Climate Risk Management

                Klaus Keller,1,2 Casey Helgeson,2 and Vivek Srikrishnan2,31Department of Geosciences, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA; email: [email protected]2Earth and Environmental Systems Institute, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA3Department of Biological and Environmental Engineering, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, USA
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 49: 95 - 116
                • ... but may create additional hazards due to complex climate-system feedbacks and can introduce additional trade-offs (Kravitz et al. 2018, Robock 2020, Trisos et al. 2018)....
                • ...More research is needed to understand the implications of the rapid climate changes associated with solar radiation management and questions about shocks resulting from the termination of these strategies (Goes et al. 2011, Matthews & Caldeira 2007, Trisos et al. 2018)....

            • 141. 
              Robock A, Bunzl M, Kravitz B, Stenchikov GL. 2010. A test for geoengineering? Science 327(5965): 530–31
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 142. 
              Heutel G, Moreno-Cruz J, Shayegh S. 2018. Solar geoengineering, uncertainty, and the price of carbon. J. Environ. Econ. Manag. 87: 24–41
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Directed Technical Change in Labor and Environmental Economics

                David Hémous1,2 and Morten Olsen31Department of Economics, University of Zurich, 8006 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected]2Centre for Economic Policy Research, London EC1V 0DX, United Kingdom3Department of Economics, University of Copenhagen, 1165 Copenhagen, Denmark; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 13: 571 - 597
                • ...22Readers are also referred to Heutel et al. (2018), who show that geoengineering can be used as an insurance mechanism against climate uncertainty....
              • Solar Geoengineering: Social Science, Legal, Ethical, and Economic Frameworks

                Jane A. Flegal,1 Anna-Maria Hubert,2,3 David R. Morrow,4,5 and Juan B. Moreno-Cruz61School for the Future of Innovation in Society, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA2Faculty of Law, University of Calgary, Calgary, Alberta T2N 1N4, Canada3Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, University of Oxford, Oxford OX2 6PN, United Kingdom4Forum for Climate Engineering Assessment, American University, Washington, DC 20016, USA5Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy, George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia 22030, USA6School of Environment, Enterprise and Development, University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario N2L 3G1, Canada; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 399 - 423
                • ...The common threads that emerge from these studies are that solar geoengineering can, at most, be a complement to traditional mitigation techniques (157), ...
              • Computational Methods in Environmental and Resource Economics

                Yongyang CaiDepartment of Agricultural, Environmental and Development Economics, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 11: 59 - 82
                • ... and its extended four-step-ahead algorithm is applied in Heutel et al. (2018) to study the impact of solar geoengineering on climate policy under uncertainty....

            • 143. 
              Bahn O, Chesney M, Gheyssens J, Knutti R, Pana AC. 2015. Is there room for geoengineering in the optimal climate policy mix? Environ. Sci. Policy. 48: 67–76
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 144. 
              Moreno-Cruz JB, Wagner G, Keith DW. 2017. An economic anatomy of optimal climate policy. Work. Pap. RWP17–028, John F. Kennedy Sch. Gov., Harv. Univ.
              • Crossref
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 145. 
              Bickel JE, Agrawal S. 2013. Reexamining the economics of aerosol geoengineering. Clim. Change 119(3–4): 993–1006
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Climate Engineering Economics

                Garth Heutel,1 Juan Moreno-Cruz,2 and Katharine Ricke31Department of Economics, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302; email: [email protected]2School of Economics, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected]3Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 99 - 118
                • ... and Bickel & Agrawal (2013) consider SRM deployment in conjunction with an exogenous cause of intermittency; SRM is randomly stopped and unable to be restarted....
                • ...but Bickel & Agrawal (2013) argue that this is due to several modeling choices such as the discount rate, ...
                • ...Studies that focus on the economics of tipping points and SRM include Bellamy & Hulme (2011), Bickel (2013), Bickel & Agrawal (2013), ...
                • ...but he remains cautious about its effectiveness given uncertainties over the technologies and their indirect costs. Bickel & Agrawal (2013) refer to CTPs as among the potential sources of economic damage from not using climate engineering, ...

            • 146. 
              Goes M, Tuana N, Keller K, Goes M, Keller K, et al. 2011. The economics (or lack thereof) of aerosol geoengineering. Clim. Change 109: 719–44
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Climate Risk Management

                Klaus Keller,1,2 Casey Helgeson,2 and Vivek Srikrishnan2,31Department of Geosciences, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA; email: [email protected]2Earth and Environmental Systems Institute, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA3Department of Biological and Environmental Engineering, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, USA
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 49: 95 - 116
                • ...More research is needed to understand the implications of the rapid climate changes associated with solar radiation management and questions about shocks resulting from the termination of these strategies (Goes et al. 2011, Matthews & Caldeira 2007, Trisos et al. 2018)....
              • Solar Geoengineering: Social Science, Legal, Ethical, and Economic Frameworks

                Jane A. Flegal,1 Anna-Maria Hubert,2,3 David R. Morrow,4,5 and Juan B. Moreno-Cruz61School for the Future of Innovation in Society, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA2Faculty of Law, University of Calgary, Calgary, Alberta T2N 1N4, Canada3Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, University of Oxford, Oxford OX2 6PN, United Kingdom4Forum for Climate Engineering Assessment, American University, Washington, DC 20016, USA5Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy, George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia 22030, USA6School of Environment, Enterprise and Development, University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario N2L 3G1, Canada; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 399 - 423
                • ...but no consensus has emerged from this discussion, and further analysis is required (161, 162)....
              • Climate Engineering Economics

                Garth Heutel,1 Juan Moreno-Cruz,2 and Katharine Ricke31Department of Economics, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302; email: [email protected]2School of Economics, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected]3Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 99 - 118
                • ...The analysis in Goes et al. (2011) mostly focuses on costs and benefits, ...
                • ...4.2.2. Termination effects.Termination effects are a central topic in Goes et al. (2011)....
                • ...The models in Goes et al. (2011) and Bickel & Agrawal (2013)...
                • ...In Goes et al. (2011), SRM fails cost-benefit tests, but Bickel & Agrawal (2013)...
                • ...12Sterck (2011), Goes et al. (2011), and Betz (2012) also raise questions of emissions reductions and burdens from side effects on future generations....

            • 147. 
              Heutel G, Moreno-Cruz J, Shayegh S. 2016. Climate tipping points and solar geoengineering. J. Econ. Behav. Organ. 132: 19–45
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Computational Methods in Environmental and Resource Economics

                Yongyang CaiDepartment of Agricultural, Environmental and Development Economics, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 11: 59 - 82
                • ...The two-step-ahead algorithm is then applied in Heutel et al. (2016)...
              • Managing Climate Change Under Uncertainty: Recursive Integrated Assessment at an Inflection Point

                Derek Lemoine1 and Ivan Rudik21Department of Economics, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics and Center for Agricultural and Rural Development, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 117 - 142
                • ...The policy implications of potential tipping points also depend on whether deploying geoengineering technologies can mitigate the consequences of tipping (Heutel et al. 2016)....
                • ... quantify the channels through which aversion to ambiguity about a tipping point's threshold affects policy. Heutel et al. (2016)...
                • ... and fixing policy for some number of periods before approximating the remaining continuation value as a linear function of the per-period payoff (Heutel et al. 2015, 2016)....

            • 148. 
              Moreno-Cruz JB, Keith DW. 2013. Climate policy under uncertainty: a case for solar geoengineering. Clim. Change 121: 431–44
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Climate Risk Management

                Klaus Keller,1,2 Casey Helgeson,2 and Vivek Srikrishnan2,31Department of Geosciences, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA; email: [email protected]2Earth and Environmental Systems Institute, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA3Department of Biological and Environmental Engineering, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, USA
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 49: 95 - 116
                • ...Solar radiation management strategies may reduce some hazards relatively quickly (Moreno-Cruz & Keith 2013)...
              • Solar Geoengineering: Social Science, Legal, Ethical, and Economic Frameworks

                Jane A. Flegal,1 Anna-Maria Hubert,2,3 David R. Morrow,4,5 and Juan B. Moreno-Cruz61School for the Future of Innovation in Society, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA2Faculty of Law, University of Calgary, Calgary, Alberta T2N 1N4, Canada3Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, University of Oxford, Oxford OX2 6PN, United Kingdom4Forum for Climate Engineering Assessment, American University, Washington, DC 20016, USA5Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy, George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia 22030, USA6School of Environment, Enterprise and Development, University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario N2L 3G1, Canada; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 399 - 423
                • ...and that there needs to be a more robust research program addressing geoengineering challenges (158, 159)....
              • Climate Engineering Economics

                Garth Heutel,1 Juan Moreno-Cruz,2 and Katharine Ricke31Department of Economics, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302; email: [email protected]2School of Economics, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected]3Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 99 - 118
                • ... expands on this idea.10 Moreno-Cruz & Smulders (2010) use a simple theoretical model to discuss optimal SRM policy; Moreno-Cruz & Keith (2013) extend that paper and calculate optimal policy in the presence of uncertainty....
                • ...Moreno-Cruz & Keith (2013) introduce SRM in a simple economic model of climate change that is designed to explore the interaction between uncertainty in the climate's response to CO2 and the risks of SRM in the face of carbon cycle inertia....
                • ...Similar to Moreno-Cruz & Keith (2013), their study is focused on how uncertainty affects policy....

            • 149. 
              Moreno-Cruz JB. 2015. Mitigation and the geoengineering threat. Resour. Energy Econ. 41: 248–63
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Solar Geoengineering: Social Science, Legal, Ethical, and Economic Frameworks

                Jane A. Flegal,1 Anna-Maria Hubert,2,3 David R. Morrow,4,5 and Juan B. Moreno-Cruz61School for the Future of Innovation in Society, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287, USA2Faculty of Law, University of Calgary, Calgary, Alberta T2N 1N4, Canada3Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, University of Oxford, Oxford OX2 6PN, United Kingdom4Forum for Climate Engineering Assessment, American University, Washington, DC 20016, USA5Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy, George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia 22030, USA6School of Environment, Enterprise and Development, University of Waterloo, Waterloo, Ontario N2L 3G1, Canada; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 399 - 423
                • ...In two independent papers, Moreno-Cruz (165) and Millard-Ball (166) go a step further and introduce the concept of geoengineering threat (see also Reference 167...
                • ...Others have introduced free driving in more traditional economic frameworks (165, 171)....
              • Climate Engineering Economics

                Garth Heutel,1 Juan Moreno-Cruz,2 and Katharine Ricke31Department of Economics, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302; email: [email protected]2School of Economics, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected]3Department of Global Ecology, Carnegie Institution for Science, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 99 - 118
                • ...Moreno-Cruz (2015) investigates free rider and free driver aspects in climate engineering and mitigation....

            • 150. 
              Landau E. 2018. Revised AGU position statement addresses climate intervention. Eos, Jan. 18. https://eos.org/agu-news/revised-agu-position-statement-addresses-climate-intervention
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 151. 
              Bowen A. 2011. The case for carbon pricing. Policy Brief, Cent. Clim. Change Econ., Grantham Res. Inst., London
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 152. 
              Baranzini A, van den Bergh JCJM, Carattini S, Howarth RB, Padilla E, Roca J. 2017. Carbon pricing in climate policy: seven reasons, complementary instruments, and political economy considerations. Wiley Interdiscip. Rev. Clim. Change 8(4): 1–17
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 153. 
              High-Level Commission on Carbon Prices. 2017. Report of the High-Level Commission on Carbon Prices. Washington, DC: World Bank
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 154. 
              Bowen A. 2015. Carbon pricing: how best to use the revenue? Policy Brief, Cent. Clim. Change Econ., Grantham Res. Inst., London
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 155. 
              Coady D, Parry I, Sears L, Shang B. 2017. How large are global fossil fuel subsidies? World Dev. 91: 11–27
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Stranded Assets: Environmental Drivers, Societal Challenges, and Supervisory Responses

                Ben Caldecott,1 Alex Clark,1 Krister Koskelo,1 Ellie Mulholland,2 and Conor Hickey11Oxford Sustainable Finance Programme, Smith School of Enterprise and the Environment, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Commonwealth Climate and Law Initiative, Oxford University Centre for the Environment, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46: 417 - 447
                • ...Although significant attention has been devoted to quantifying fossil fuel subsidies (111)...

            • 156. 
              Advani A, Bassi S, Bowen A, Fankhauser S, Johnson P, et al. 2013. Energy use policies and carbon pricing in the UK. Inst. Fiscal Stud., Cent. Clim. Change Econ., Grantham Res. Inst., London
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 157. 
              Rentschler J. 2016. Incidence and impact: the regional variation of poverty effects due to fossil fuel subsidy reform. Energy Policy. 96: 491–503
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 158. 
              Hintermann B, Peterson S, Rickels W. 2016. Price and market behavior in phase II of the EU ETS: a review of the literature. Rev. Environ. Econ. Policy. 10(1): 108–28
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 159. 
              Oda J, Akimoto K. 2011. An analysis of CCS investment under uncertainty. Energy Procedia. 4: 1997–2004
              • Crossref
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 160. 
              Canfin-Grandjean Commission. 2015. Mobilizing Climate Finance: A Roadmap to Finance a Low-Carbon Economy. http://www.cdcclimat.com/IMG/pdf/exsum-report_canfin-grandjean_eng.pdf
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 161. 
              Fischer C, Newell RG. 2008. Environmental and technology policies for climate mitigation. J. Environ. Econ. Manag. 55(2): 142–62
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Drivers and Impacts of Renewable Portfolio Standards

                Thomas P. LyonRoss School of Business, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 141 - 155
                • ...Simulation models suggest that an RPS is not the first-best policy for achieving environmental improvements (Fischer & Newell 2008, Palmer & Burtraw 2005)....
                • ...Fischer & Newell (2008) find that an RPS is substantially less efficient than alternative policies such as a carbon tax or a cap-and-trade system....
                • ...Even if the direction of the distortions identified by Palmer & Burtraw (2005) and Fischer & Newell (2008) is not surprising, ...
              • The Perverse Effects of Biofuel Public-Sector Policies

                Harry de Gorter,* Dusan Drabik, and David R. JustCharles H. Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853-7801; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 463 - 483
                • ...Let us consider the goal of biofuel policy to induce technological change (Fischer & Newell 2008, Rajagopal et al. 2009)....
              • Environmental Macroeconomics: Environmental Policy, Business Cycles, and Directed Technical Change

                Carolyn Fischer1 and Garth Heutel2,31Resources for the Future, Washington, DC 20036; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of North Carolina, Greensboro, North Carolina 27402; email: [email protected]3National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 197 - 210
                • ...in which theoretical work establishes how optimal policy should respond when technological innovation is endogenous and empirical studies establish the responsiveness of innovation measures to environmental policies (see, e.g., Popp 2004, 2010; Fischer & Newell 2008...
              • Environmental Tax Reform: Principles from Theory and Practice

                Ian W.H. Parry,1 ,* John Norregaard,1 and Dirk Heine2 1Fiscal Affairs Department, International Monetary Fund, Washington, DC 20431; email: [email protected] 2E3 Foundation, Cambridge CB5 8AF, United Kingdom
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 101 - 125
                • ...rather than by setting the environmental tax above marginal environmental damages (e.g., Fischer & Newell 2008, Goulder & Schneider 1999, Jaffe et al. 2003)....
              • Innovation and Climate Policy

                David Popp1,21Department of Public Administration and Center for Policy Research, The Maxwell School, Syracuse University, Syracuse, New York 13244-1020; email: [email protected]2National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 2: 275 - 298
                • ...are optimally deployed in response to whatever policy incentives may or may not be in place. Fischer & Newell (2008) use a micro approach to study a broader set of policies, ...
                • ...Gerlagh & van der Zwaan note that the ordering of policies depends on the assumed returns to scale of renewable energy technologies. Fischer & Newell (2008) assume greater decreasing returns to renewable energy, ...
              • Energy Efficiency Economics and Policy

                Kenneth Gillingham,1 Richard G. Newell,2,3,4,* and Karen Palmer31Precourt Energy Efficiency Center, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94309; email: [email protected]2Nicholas School of the Environment, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected]3Resources for the Future, Washington, D.C. 20036; email: [email protected]4National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 597 - 620
                • ...lowering the costs for others without compensation to the original investing firm (Fischer & Newell 2008, van Benthem et al. 2008)....
              • Recent Developments in Renewable Technologies: R&D Investment in Advanced Biofuels

                Deepak Rajagopal,1 Steve Sexton,2 Gal Hochman,2 and David Zilberman2* 1Energy and Resources Group, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected] 2Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 621 - 644
                • ...whereas mandates for renewable fuels have guaranteed a market for those investments (Fischer & Newell 2008, Rajagopal & Zilberman 2008)....
                • ...These policies are not equally efficient and are associated with varying magnitudes of excess burden (Fischer & Newell 2008)....
                • ...do not provide incentives for demand-side improvements in the form of energy efficiency and energy conservation or for shifting from dirtier to cleaner fossil fuels (Fischer & Newell 2008)....

            • 162. 
              Org. Econ. Co-op. Dev. (OECD), Int. Energy Agency, Nucl. Energy Agency, Int. Transport Forum. 2015. Aligning Policies for a Low-Carbon Economy. Paris: OECD Publ.
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 163. 
              Zachmann G, Serwah A, Peruzzi M. 2014. When and how to support renewables? Letting the data speak. Work. Pap. 2014/01, Bruegel, Brussels
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 164. 
              Creutzig F, Fernandez B, Haberl H, Khosla R, Mulugetta Y, Seto KC. 2016. Beyond technology: demand-side solutions for climate change mitigation. Annu. Rev. Environ. Resour. 41(1): 173–98
              • Link
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
            • 165. 
              van der Linden S, Maibach E, Leiserowitz A. 2015. Improving public engagement with climate change: five “best practice” insights from psychological science. Perspect. Psychol. Sci. 10(6): 758–63
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Climate Decision-Making

                Ben Orlove,1 Rachael Shwom,2 Ezra Markowitz,3 and So-Min Cheong41School of International and Public Affairs and Earth Institute, Columbia University, New York, New York 10025, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Human Ecology and Rutgers Energy Institute, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901, USA; email: [email protected]3Department of Environmental Conservation, University of Massachusetts Amherst, Amherst, Massachusetts 01002, USA; email: [email protected]4Department of Geography and Atmospheric Science, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas 66045, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 45: 271 - 303
                • ...and (c) how do those frames impact engagement and decision-making? (52, 64)....
              • Toward the Next Generation of Assessment

                Katharine J. Mach1 and Christopher B. Field21Department of Earth System Science, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]2Stanford Woods Institute for the Environment, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 569 - 597
                • ...their choices, and worlds they do or do not want (e.g., 103, 106, 107)....
                • ...inputs from communications specialists and iterative development advance assessment that works (Figure 6; see also 42, 88, 89, 106). ...

            • 166. 
              Goodwin T. 2012. Why we should reject “nudge.” Politics 32(2): 85–92
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 167. 
              Allen MR, Frame DJ, Mason CF. 2009. The case for mandatory sequestration. Nat. Geosci. 2(12): 813–14
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Cumulative Carbon Emissions and the Green Paradox

                Frederick van der PloegDepartment of Economics, Oxford OX1 3UQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]Department of Economics, VU University Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, Netherlands
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 281 - 300
                • ...which is driven mainly by cumulative carbon emissions, is questionable (e.g., Allen et al. 2009a,b)....
                • ...The effect of leaving more fossil fuel in situ and limiting cumulative carbon emissions on global warming is what ultimately affects global warming (Allen et al. 2009a,b...
                • ...Large-scale climate models indicate that the change in global peak temperatures depends principally on cumulative past carbon emissions (Allen et al. 2009a,b...
                • ...Climate scientists argue that more than 1 TtC in the atmosphere leads to unacceptable degrees of global warming (Allen et al. 2009b)....
                • ...Given that cumulative carbon emissions matter ultimately for global warming and not for the speed of carbon emissions (Allen et al. 2009a,b...
                • ...Roughly 1 TtC must thus either be left unused or be sequestrated (Allen 2009a,b)....

            • 168. 
              King D, Browne J, Layard R, Donnell GO, Rees M, et al. 2015. A global Apollo programme to combat climate change. Rep., Cent. Econ. Perf., London Sch. Econ., London
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 169. 
              Parry IWH, Walls M, Harrington W. 2007. Automobile externalities and policies. J. Econ. Lit. 45(2): 373–99
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Transportation and the Environment in Developing Countries

                Shanjun Li,1,2 Jianwei Xing,3 Lin Yang,1 and Fan Zhang41Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850, USA; email: [email protected]2National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA3National School of Development, Peking University, Beijing 100871, China4Chief Economist's Office of Infrastructure, World Bank, Washington, DC 20433, USA
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 389 - 409
                • ...and road damage) that need to be addressed by policy interventions (Parry et al. 2007), ...
                • ...as they rely on collecting commuters’ travel information (Parry et al. 2007).13...
              • Health Impact Assessment of Transportation Projects and Policies: Living Up to Aims of Advancing Population Health and Health Equity?

                Brian L. Cole,1,3 Kara E. MacLeod,2 and Raenita Spriggs11Department of Environmental Health Sciences, Fielding School of Public Health, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095-1772, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Community Health Sciences, Fielding School of Public Health, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095-1772, USA3Center for Health Advancement, Fielding School of Public Health, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095-1772, USA
                Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 40: 305 - 318
                • ...Transportation systems can also produce harmful externalities, such as air pollution, noise pollution, and traffic injury (37), ...
              • Paternalism and Energy Efficiency: An Overview

                Hunt Allcott1,2,3,4,51Department of Economics, New York University, New York, NY 10012; email: [email protected]2National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 021383Abdul Latif Jameel Poverty Action Lab (J-PAL), Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 021424ideas42, New York, NY 100045E2e, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 8: 145 - 176
                • ...In a review of fuel economy policies in the Journal of Economic Literature, Parry et al. (2007, ...
              • Designing Policies to Make Cars Greener

                Soren T. Anderson1 and James M. Sallee21Department of Economics, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824; email: [email protected]2Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 157 - 180
                • ...However, Parry et al. (2007) survey evidence on all car-related externalities, ...
              • The Perverse Effects of Biofuel Public-Sector Policies

                Harry de Gorter,* Dusan Drabik, and David R. JustCharles H. Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853-7801; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 463 - 483
                • ...The latter is considered an externality because it results in local pollution, congestion, and travel-related accidents (Parry et al. 2007)....
                • ...Moreover, as Parry et al. (2007) document, VMT externalities are much more significant (in monetary terms) than the GHG externalities....
                • ...But as Parry et al. (2007) document, GHG emissions represent only 2.6% of the total marginal external costs associated with fuel consumption....
              • Environmental Tax Reform: Principles from Theory and Practice

                Ian W.H. Parry,1 ,* John Norregaard,1 and Dirk Heine2 1Fiscal Affairs Department, International Monetary Fund, Washington, DC 20431; email: [email protected] 2E3 Foundation, Cambridge CB5 8AF, United Kingdom
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 101 - 125
                • ...2.2.2. Better instruments (than fuel taxes) for vehicle externalities.But there are much better fiscal instruments for addressing motor vehicle externalities than fuel taxes (e.g., Parry et al. 2007, TRB 2006)....

            • 170. 
              Jacobsen MR. 2013. Evaluating US fuel economy standards in a model with producer and household heterogeneity. Am. Econ. J. Econ. Policy. 5(2): 148–87
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Carbon Taxes in Theory and Practice

                Gilbert E. Metcalf1,2,31Department of Economics, Tufts University, Medford, Massachusetts 02155, USA; email: [email protected]2Resources for the Future, Washington, DC 20036, USA3National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 245 - 265
                • ...these factors lead to fuel economy standards being less cost-effective than an emissions tax for achieving given emission reductions. Jacobsen (2013), ...
              • Transportation and the Environment in Developing Countries

                Shanjun Li,1,2 Jianwei Xing,3 Lin Yang,1 and Fan Zhang41Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850, USA; email: [email protected]2National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA3National School of Development, Peking University, Beijing 100871, China4Chief Economist's Office of Infrastructure, World Bank, Washington, DC 20433, USA
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 389 - 409
                • ...Studies that evaluate the efficiency of fuel-economy regulations in reducing gasoline consumption consistently find that gasoline taxes can achieve the same goal at a much lower cost (Goldberg 1998, Austin & Dinan 2005, Jacobsen 2013, Anderson & Sallee 2016)....
              • Advances in Evaluating Energy Efficiency Policies and Programs

                Kenneth Gillingham,1 Amelia Keyes,2 and Karen Palmer21School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, School of Management, Department of Economics, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511, USA; email: [email protected]2Resources for the Future, Washington, DC 20036, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 511 - 532
                • ...consistent with previous work showing that the rate of energy efficiency innovation depends on both energy prices and regulatory standards (Newell et al. 1999). Jacobsen (2013)...
              • Designing Policies to Make Cars Greener

                Soren T. Anderson1 and James M. Sallee21Department of Economics, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824; email: [email protected]2Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 157 - 180
                • ...studies attempting to model longer-run changes typically augment their empirical analyses with data on engineering costs (see Austin & Dinan 2005, Jacobsen 2013a, Whitefoot & Skerlos 2012, Whitefoot et al. 2013), ...

            • 171. 
              Liu Z, Mao X, Tu J, Jaccard M. 2014. A comparative assessment of economic-incentive and command-and-control instruments for air pollution and CO2 control in China's iron and steel sector. J. Environ. Manag. 144: 135–42
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 172. 
              Bakam I, Balana BB, Matthews R. 2012. Cost-effectiveness analysis of policy instruments for greenhouse gas emission mitigation in the agricultural sector. J. Environ. Manag. 112: 33–44
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 173. 
              Höhne N, den Elzen M, Escalante D. 2014. Regional GHG reduction targets based on effort sharing: a comparison of studies. Clim. Policy. 14(1): 122–47
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 174. 
              Bowen A, Campiglio E, Herreras Martinez S. 2017. An “equal effort” approach to assessing the North–South climate finance gap. Clim. Policy. 17(2): 231–45
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 175. 
              Averchenkova A, Stern N, Zenghelis D. 2014. Taming the beasts of “burden-sharing”: an analysis of equitable mitigation actions and approaches to 2030 mitigation pledges. Policy Pap., Cent. Clim. Change Econ., Grantham Res. Inst., London
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 176. 
              Robiou Du Pont Y, Jeffery ML, Gütschow J, Rogelj J, Christoff P, Meinshausen M. 2017. Equitable mitigation to achieve the Paris Agreement goals. Nat. Clim. Change 7(1): 38–43
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Climate Change and Small Island Developing States

                Adelle Thomas,1,2 April Baptiste,3 Rosanne Martyr-Koller,1 Patrick Pringle,1 and Kevon Rhiney41Climate Analytics, 10961 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Climate Change Adaptation and Resilience Research Centre, University of The Bahamas, Nassau 4912, The Bahamas3Environmental Studies, Colgate University, Hamilton, New York 13346, USA; email: [email protected]4Department of Geography, School of Arts and Sciences, Rutgers University, Piscataway, New Jersey 08854, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 45: 1 - 27
                • ...and whether the mechanisms set out under the final agreement are even sufficient to keep global warming to tolerable levels (139–141)....

            • 177. 
              Rogelj J, Luderer G, Pietzcker RC, Kriegler E, Schaeffer M, et al. 2016. Corrigendum: energy system transformations for limiting end-of-century warming to below 1.5°C. Nat. Clim. Change 6(5): 538
              • Crossref
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 178. 
              Stern N. 2013. The structure of economic modeling of the potential impacts of climate change: grafting gross underestimation of risk onto already narrow science models. J. Econ. Lit. 51(3): 838–59
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Adaptation to Climate Change

                Sam FankhauserGrantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment and Centre for Climate Change Economics and Policy (CCCEP), London School of Economics, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 209 - 230
                • ...The simplifications needed to make integrated assessment models tractable and the difficulties in calibrating credible damage functions have been severely criticized, most prominently by Pindyck (2013) and Stern (2013, 2016), ...
                • ...perhaps also influenced by broader criticism of integrated assessment models (Pindyck 2013; Stern 2013, 2016)....

            • 179. 
              Dietz S, Venmans F. 2017. Cumulative carbon emissions and economic policy: in search of general principles. Work. Pap. 283, Grantham Res. Inst. Clim. Change Environ., London
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 180. 
              Nordhaus WD, Moffat A. 2017. A survey of global impacts of climate change: replication, survey methods, and a statistical analysis. NBER Work. Pap. 23646
              • Crossref
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Uncertainty Spillovers for Markets and Policy

                Lars Peter HansenDepartments of Economics and Statistics and Booth School of Business, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 13: 371 - 396
                • ...The construction of the Γ with is motivated by the evidence reported by Nordhaus & Moffatt (2017), ...

            • 181. 
              Burke MB, Hsiang SM, Miguel E. 2015. Global non-linear effect of temperature on economic production. Nature 527: 235–39
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Environmental Benefit-Cost Analysis: A Comparative Analysis Between the United States and the United Kingdom

                Joseph E. Aldy,1 Giles Atkinson,2 and Matthew J. Kotchen31Harvard Kennedy School, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA2Department of Geography and Environment and Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and Environment, London School of Economics and Political Science, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]3Yale School of the Environment, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511, USA
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 267 - 288
                • ...and examples of recent studies include those by Burke et al. (2015), Kahn et al. (2019), ...
              • Carbon Taxes in Theory and Practice

                Gilbert E. Metcalf1,2,31Department of Economics, Tufts University, Medford, Massachusetts 02155, USA; email: [email protected]2Resources for the Future, Washington, DC 20036, USA3National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 245 - 265
                • ...7See also Burke et al. (2015), highlighting differential impacts of temperature increases on GDP globally, ...
              • Moist Heat Stress on a Hotter Earth

                Jonathan R. Buzan1,2 and Matthew Huber11Department of Earth, Atmospheric, and Planetary Sciences, Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana 47907, USA; email: [email protected]2Climate and Environmental Physics, Physics Institute and Oeschger Centre for Climate Change Research, University of Bern, Bern 3012, Switzerland
                Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 48: 623 - 655
                • ...Much of the existing literature focuses on heat waves and heat stress defined as anomalous periods of high dry bulb temperature (Burke et al. 2015, Horton et al. 2015, Lauwaet et al. 2015, Weber et al. 2015, Yang et al. 2015, Ratnam et al. 2016)....
                • ...such as integrated assessment models (Burke et al. 2015, Fyke & Matthews 2015)....
                • ...such as integrated assessment models and economic damage models (Burke et al. 2015, Fyke & Matthews 2015)....
                • ...we can predict economic losses by using scaling techniques (Burke et al. 2015, Moore et al. 2017)....
              • Identifying the Economic Impacts of Climate Change on Agriculture

                Colin Carter,1 Xiaomeng Cui,2 Dalia Ghanem,1 and Pierre Mérel11Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of California, Davis, California 95616, USA; email: [email protected]2Institute for Economic and Social Research, Jinan University, Guangzhou 510632, China
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 361 - 380
                • ...researchers have suggested that impact estimates derived from nonlinear panel models with fixed effects at least partially capture long-run adaptation to climate (McIntosh & Schlenker 2006, Lobell et al. 2011, Burke et al. 2015, Blanc & Schlenker 2017, Schlenker 2017)....
              • Adaptation to Climate Change

                Sam FankhauserGrantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment and Centre for Climate Change Economics and Policy (CCCEP), London School of Economics, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 209 - 230
                • ...where the relationship between temperature and impact is largely constant (e.g., economic productivity; Burke et al. 2015)...
              • Climate Change and Global Food Systems: Potential Impacts on Food Security and Undernutrition

                Samuel S. Myers,1,2 Matthew R. Smith,1 Sarah Guth,2 Christopher D. Golden,1,2 Bapu Vaitla,1 Nathaniel D. Mueller,3,4 Alan D. Dangour,5 and Peter Huybers2,31Department of Environmental Health, Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health, Harvard University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Harvard University Center for the Environment, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]3Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected], [email protected]4Department of Organismic and Evolutionary Biology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 021385Faculty of Epidemiology and Population Health, London School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine, London WC1E 7HT, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 38: 259 - 277
                • ...43% of all countries in the world would be poorer in absolute terms by the end of the century than they are now (25)....
              • Climate Econometrics

                Solomon Hsiang1,21Goldman School of Public Policy, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]2National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 43 - 75
                • ...These evolving marginal weather effects are integrated to compute the cost of shifting climatic conditions, as in Hsiang & Narita (2012) and Burke et al. (2015c)....
                • ...even if the microlevel nonlinear data generating process is unchanged. Burke et al. (2015c) demonstrate that the marginal effects recovered in Equation 31 should equal the weighted-average marginal effect at the local level (as estimated in Equation 29), ...
                • ...Figure adapted from Burke et al. (2015c)....
                • .... Burke et al. (2015c) compute Ωλ in a nonlinear context....
                • ...such as GDP (Burke et al. 2015c, Dell et al. 2012, Deryugina & Hsiang 2014, Nordhaus 2006), ...
              • Heat, Human Performance, and Occupational Health: A Key Issue for the Assessment of Global Climate Change Impacts

                Tord Kjellstrom,1,2 David Briggs,3,4 Chris Freyberg,3 Bruno Lemke,5 Matthias Otto,5 and Olivia Hyatt31Health and Environment International Trust, Mapua, Nelson, 7005, New Zealand2University College London, London WC1E 6BT, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]3Ruby Coast Research Centre, Mapua, 7005, New Zealand4Geography Department, Imperial College, London, United Kingdom5Nelson-Marlborough Institute of Technology, Nelson 7010, New Zealand
                Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 37: 97 - 112
                • ...more recent global analysis using annual average temperatures and national GDP for different countries (7) concluded that as much as 23% of global GDP in 2100 will be lost owing to climate change....

            • 182. 
              Dell M, Jones BF, Olken BA, Gates M. 2014. What do we learn from the weather? The new climate-economy literature. J. Econ. Lit. 52(3): 740–98
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Vicious Circles: Violence, Vulnerability, and Climate Change

                Halvard Buhaug1,2, and Nina von Uexkull1,3,1Peace Research Institute Oslo (PRIO), NO-0134 Oslo, Norway; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology and Political Science, Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), NO-7491 Trondheim, Norway3Department of Economic History and International Relations, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46: 545 - 568
                • ...due to unknown levels of adaptation as well as potential nonlinearities and tipping points in future human–nature interactions (compare with 17)....
              • Environmental Benefit-Cost Analysis: A Comparative Analysis Between the United States and the United Kingdom

                Joseph E. Aldy,1 Giles Atkinson,2 and Matthew J. Kotchen31Harvard Kennedy School, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA2Department of Geography and Environment and Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and Environment, London School of Economics and Political Science, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]3Yale School of the Environment, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511, USA
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 267 - 288
                • ...11For a literature review, see Dell et al. (2014), and examples of recent studies include those by Burke et al. (2015), Kahn et al. (2019)...
              • The Elusive Peace Dividend of Development Policy: From War Traps to Macro Complementarities

                Dominic Rohner1,2 and Mathias Thoenig1,21Faculty of Business and Economics (HEC Lausanne), University of Lausanne, 1015 Lausanne, Switzerland; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Centre for Economic Policy Research, London EC1V 0DX, United Kingdom
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 13: 111 - 131
                • ...as exemplified by the discussions on weather-related instrumental variables by Dell et al. (2014)...
              • Climate Change and Conflict

                Vally Koubi1,21Center for Comparative and International Studies, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), Zurich 8092, Switzerland; email: [email protected]2Institute of Economics, University of Bern, Bern 3001, Switzerland
                Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 22: 343 - 360
                • ...; for a review of the literature see Dell et al. 2014), ...
                • ...; for a review of the literature see Dell et al. 2014)....
              • Adaptation to Climate Change

                Sam FankhauserGrantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment and Centre for Climate Change Economics and Policy (CCCEP), London School of Economics, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 209 - 230
                • ...There is a strong connection and much cross-fertilization between economic studies of adaptation and the much larger literature on the economic impacts of climate change (surveyed by Carleton & Hsiang 2016, Dell et al. 2014)....
                • ...The methodological challenges of such climate econometrics have been reviewed by Dell et al. (2014)...
              • Climate and Conflict

                Marshall Burke,1 Solomon M. Hsiang,2,4 Edward Miguel3,4 1Department of Earth System Science, and Center on Food Security and the Environment, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected] 2Goldman School of Public Policy, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected] 3Department of Economics, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected] 4National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 7: 577 - 617
                • ...with an increasing number of studies showing that climatic events can affect a variety of socioeconomic outcomes (see Dell et al. 2014 for a review), ...
                • ...they are not conclusive as many other economic and social factors may simultaneously be affected by climatic conditions and thus exhibit similar patterns (Dell et al. 2014), ...
                • ...we echo Dell et al.’s (2014) conclusion in their recent review of existing research on the links between climate and economic performance, ...

            • 183. 
              Hsiang S. 2016. Climate econometrics. Annu. Rev. Resour. Econ. 8(1): 43–75
              • Link
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
            • 184. 
              Drupp M, Freeman MC, Groom B, Nesje F. 2018. Discounting disentangled. Am. Econ. J. Econ. Policy. https://www.aeaweb.org/articles?id=10.1257/pol.20160240. In press
              • Google Scholar
            • 185. 
              United Nations (UN). 2015. World Population Prospects: The 2015 Revision. New York: UN
              • Crossref
              • Google Scholar
            • 186. 
              Gillingham K, Nordhaus WD, Anthoff D, Blanford GJ, Bosetti V, et al. 2015. Modeling uncertainty in climate change: a multi-model comparison. NBER Work. Pap. 21637
              • Crossref
              • Google Scholar
            • 187. 
              IIASA. 2014. IPCC AR5 Database: version 1.0.2. https://tntcat.iiasa.ac.at/AR5DB/
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
            • 188. 
              Kravitz B. 2013. Stratospheric aerosols for solar radiation management. In Geoengineering Responses to Climate Change: Selected Entries from the Encyclopedia of Sustainability Science and Technology, ed. T Lenton, N Vaughan, pp. 21–38. New York: Springer
              • Crossref
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 189. 
              Rogelj J, Den Elzen M, Höhne N, Fransen T, Fekete H, et al. 2016. Paris Agreement climate proposals need a boost to keep warming well below 2°C. Nature 534(7609): 631–39
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Climate Change and Small Island Developing States

                Adelle Thomas,1,2 April Baptiste,3 Rosanne Martyr-Koller,1 Patrick Pringle,1 and Kevon Rhiney41Climate Analytics, 10961 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Climate Change Adaptation and Resilience Research Centre, University of The Bahamas, Nassau 4912, The Bahamas3Environmental Studies, Colgate University, Hamilton, New York 13346, USA; email: [email protected]4Department of Geography, School of Arts and Sciences, Rutgers University, Piscataway, New Jersey 08854, USA; email: [email protected]graphy.rutgers.edu
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 45: 1 - 27
                • ...and whether the mechanisms set out under the final agreement are even sufficient to keep global warming to tolerable levels (139...
              • Climate Change Litigation

                Jacqueline Peel1 and Hari M. Osofsky21Melbourne Law School, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria 3010, Australia; email: [email protected]2Penn State Law, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA
                Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 16: 21 - 38
                • ...that countries’ present NDCs submitted under the Paris Agreement do not add up to what is needed to contain global average temperature rises to safe limits (Robiou du Pont & Meinshausen 2018, Rogelj et al. 2016)....
              • The Engineering of Climate Engineering

                Douglas G. MacMartin1 and Ben Kravitz21Sibley School of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853, USA; email: [email protected]2Atmospheric Sciences and Global Change Division, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Richland, Washington 99352, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Control, Robotics, and Autonomous Systems Vol. 2: 445 - 467
                • ...with central estimates of the resulting warming projected to be approximately 3°C (5)....
              • International Climate Change Policy

                Gabriel Chan,1 Robert Stavins,2 and Zou Ji31Humphrey School of Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455, USA; email: [email protected]2John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected]3Energy Foundation, Beijing 100004, China; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 335 - 360
                • ...the first set of NDC pledges is surely not sufficient to meet the ambition of the Paris Agreement to limit global average temperature to “well below 2°C above preindustrial levels,” let alone the Agreement's aspirational reference to 1.5°C (Rogelj et al. 2016, UNFCCC 2016, UNEP 2017)....
              • Climate Change and International Relations (After Kyoto)

                Arild Underdal1,21Department of Political Science, University of Oslo, Oslo 0317, Norway; email: [email protected]2Center for International Climate and Environmental Research—Oslo (CICERO), Oslo 0318, Norway
                Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 20: 169 - 188
                • ...The sum of the national contributions submitted fails by a large margin to meet the conference's ambitious overall goals (Rogelj et al. 2016), ...

            • 190. 
              Aldy J, Pizer W, Tavoni M, Reis LA, Akimoto K, et al. 2016. Economic tools to promote transparency and comparability in the Paris Agreement. Nat. Clim. Change 6(11): 1000–4
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • International Climate Change Policy

                Gabriel Chan,1 Robert Stavins,2 and Zou Ji31Humphrey School of Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455, USA; email: [email protected]2John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected]3Energy Foundation, Beijing 100004, China; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 335 - 360
                • ...Effectively comparing efforts may require additional analytic methods (Aldy et al. 2016, Jacoby et al. 2017, Peters et al. 2017) as well as additional transparency, ...

            • 191. 
              Smith P. 2016. Soil carbon sequestration and biochar as negative emission technologies. Glob. Change Biol. 22(3): 1315–24
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Land-Management Options for Greenhouse Gas Removal and Their Impacts on Ecosystem Services and the Sustainable Development Goals

                Pete Smith,1 Justin Adams,2 David J. Beerling,3 Tim Beringer,4 Katherine V. Calvin,5 Sabine Fuss,6,7 Bronson Griscom,8 Nikolas Hagemann,9,10 Claudia Kammann,11 Florian Kraxner,12 Jan C. Minx,6,13 Alexander Popp,14 Phil Renforth,15 Jose Luis Vicente Vicente,6 and Saskia Keesstra16,171Institute of Biological and Environmental Sciences, University of Aberdeen, Aberdeen AB24 3UU, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2World Economic Forum, 1223 Cologny, Switzerland3Leverhulme Centre for Climate Change Mitigation, Department of Animal and Plant Sciences, University of Sheffield, Sheffield S10 2TN, United Kingdom4Integrative Research Institute on Transformations of Human Environment Systems (IRI THESys), Humboldt University of Berlin, 10099 Berlin, Germany5Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, Joint Global Change Research Institute, College Park, Maryland 20740, USA6Mercator Research Institute on Global Commons and Climate Change, 10829 Berlin, Germany7Geographical Institute, Humboldt University of Berlin, 10099 Berlin, Germany8The Nature Conservancy, Arlington, Virginia 22203, USA9Ithaka Institute gGmbH, 79106 Freiburg, Germany10Environmental Analytics, Agroscope, 8046 Zurich, Switzerland11Institute for Applied Ecology, Department of Climatic Effects on Special Crops, Hochschule Geisenheim University, 65366 Geisenheim, Germany 12International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis, A-2361 Laxenburg, Austria13Priestley International Centre for Climate, School of Earth and Environment, University of Leeds, Leeds LS2 9JT, United Kingdom14Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14412 Potsdam, Germany15Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh TD1 3HF, United Kingdom16Wageningen Environmental Research, 6708 PB Wageningen, The Netherlands17Civil, Surveying and Environmental Engineering, The University of Newcastle, Callaghan 2308, Australia
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 255 - 286
                • ...and precision application; (d) reduced tillage intensity and residue retention; and (e) improved water management, including irrigation in arid conditions (40)....
                • ...Acting as a carbon pool is greatly impacted by SCS as it increases soil organic carbon stocks (40)....
                • ...SCS could provide very significant GGR, in the range of 2–5 GtCO2 year−1 (8, 40, 65)....
                • ...biochar inherently retards the return of biomass C to the atmosphere as CO2 due to its recalcitrance when added to soil (40, 76), ...
                • ...practices that result in SCS) are well characterized and are already being applied, although not exploited to their full extent (40), ...

            More AR articles citing this reference

            Equation(s):

            Footnotes:

            Copyright © 2018 Simon Dietz et al. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author and source are credited. See credit lines of images or other third party material in this article for license information.

            Footnotes:

            1A consistent CBA would also place more weight on monetary benefits/costs accruing to individuals on low incomes, through the assumption of diminishing marginal utility of income. That is, an extra dollar is worth more, the lower one's income is. Diminishing marginal utility is also a justification for discounting; hence, this approach is “consistent” in the sense that it treats as the same comparisons over time and space.

            Footnotes:

            2The projected impacts here are due to climate change alone and do not consider changes in land use. However, they generally do account for projected increases in population.

            Footnotes:

            3Both studies allow for increases in population using SSP2, but they use different hydrological models.

            Footnotes:

            4A recent model intercomparison of scenarios achieving 1.5°C across a range of socio-economic pathways suggests a median carbon price of $137/tCO2 in 2030, rising to $3,200/tCO2 by 2100 (130), values which are broadly in line with the range shown in Figure 2.

            Footnotes:

            5The same study estimates the costs at $40–100/tCO2 for BECCS and $4–25/tCO2 for AR, which makes BECCS a very expensive option relative to currently existing low-cost abatement opportunities in developing countries in Reference 190.

            Footnotes:

            6We use the simple analytical approach for comparing geoengineering options Lenton & Vaughan (125) developed to calculate the approximate radiative forcing equivalent of 180 GtCO2 of CDR. Assuming the atmospheric CO2 concentration in 2100 is at the low end of the RCP2.6 scenario range in the IPCC Fifth Assessment Report, we compute this value to be −0.3 W/m2, based on Lenton & Vaughan's Equation 14 (125).

            Footnotes:

            7DACCS and EW, listed in Figure 3, require substantial carbon-free energy, and their employment costs are much higher than BECCS (132). In contrast, SCS&B can remove up to 5.2 GtCO2 per year and has a low impact on land/water/nutrient/energy demand. Moreover, the deployment costs of SCS are relatively modest [$40–80 (SCS) and $117–135 (B) per tCO2, on the basis of 131]. However, these techniques are constrained by sink saturation and reversibility (191).

            Footnotes:

            8The term carbon pricing is shorthand for pricing of emissions, including non-CO2 emissions (e.g., using 100-year global warming potentials).

            • Figures
            • Tables
            image
            image
            image
            • Table 1  -Parameter values for T*
            • Figures
            • Tables
            image

            Figure 1  Indicators of energy system change in 2050 in 1.5°C and 2°C scenarios. (a) Metrics for which 1.5°C scenarios (orange) have higher 2050 values than 2°C scenarios (blue). (b) Metrics where 1.5°C scenario values are lower than 2°C scenario values. Panel b shows change in final energy for buildings, transport, and industry on 2010 levels and electricity CO2 intensity as a share of 2010 levels. For each variable shown, values are medians across a range of <1.5°C and <2°C scenarios. Median values for the <1.5°C scenarios were computed from a scenario set obtained by pooling the 37 scenarios in Reference 99 and the five scenarios in Reference 187 that have a >50% probability of limiting warming to 1.5°C by 2100. Median values for the <2°C scenarios were computed from the 125 scenarios in Reference 187 with a >50% probability of limiting warming to between 1.75°C and 2°C. Abbreviations: BECCS, bioenergy with carbon capture and storage; CCS, carbon capture and storage.

            Download Full-ResolutionDownload PPT

            Figure Locations

            ...and more significant deployment of negative emissions technologies (primarily BECCS) (99, 107). Figure 1 compares the 2050 values of 10 key metrics for the energy system under 1.5°C and 2°C scenarios, ...

            ...drawing on a range of scenarios published in recent years. Figure 1a shows the increased role of carbon capture and storage (CCS) in fossil-fuel usage, ...

            ...and industry sectors. Figure 1b shows decreased energy demand in the buildings, ...

            ...As Figure 1 shows, there is relatively little change in the CO2 intensity of electricity generation, ...

            image

            Figure 2  Carbon prices ($2005) in 1.5°C and 2°C scenarios. Carbon prices for the <1.5°C scenarios were computed from a scenario set obtained by pooling the 37 scenarios in Reference 99 and the five scenarios in Reference 187 that have a >50% probability of limiting warming to 1.5°C by 2100. Carbon prices for the <2°C scenarios were computed from the 125 scenarios in Reference 187 with a >50% probability of limiting warming to between 1.75°C and 2°C.

            Download Full-ResolutionDownload PPT

            Figure Locations

            ...As Figure 2 shows, the median global carbon price from a range of 1.5°C scenarios is $85/tCO2 in 2020....

            ...a signpost of extreme challenge in achieving the low-carbon transition (108, 109). Figure 2 also makes clear the large uncertainties associated with deep decarbonization, ...

            ...values which are broadly in line with the range shown in Figure 2....

            image

            Figure 3  CDR and SRM options and a hypothetical climate policy portfolio. A version of this figure originally appeared in Reference 188. It loosely incorporates the results of the analysis in Reference 189 to illustrate the temperature impacts of two scenarios in 2100: “No policy” and “Paris NDCs.”

            Download Full-ResolutionDownload PPT

            Figure Locations

            ...The main CDR and SRM techniques are listed on the right side of Figure 3....

            ...as well as CDR and SRM in the policy mix, consistent with the left side of Figure 3....

            ...may well do so at much lower social cost than the portfolio depicted in Figure 3, ...

            ...7DACCS and EW, listed in Figure 3, require substantial carbon-free energy, ...

            • Figures
            • Tables

            Table 1  Parameter values for T*

            ParameterValueSource
            ρ1.1%Expert survey (184)
            η1.35Expert survey (184)
            n0.5%UN population projections (185)
            g2.06%Expert survey (186)
            φ0.00126Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) AR5 Working Group III multiple models (106)
            ζ0.00048IPCC AR5 Working Group I multiple models (49)
            Previous Article Next Article
            Donate: Your gift supports our nonprofit mission
            • Related Articles
            • Literature Cited
            • Most Downloaded
            Most Downloaded from this journal

            Human–Wildlife Conflict and Coexistence

            Philip J. Nyhus
            Vol. 41, 2016

            Abstract - FiguresPreview

            Abstract

            Human interactions with wildlife are a defining experience of human existence. These interactions can be positive or negative. People compete with wildlife for food and resources, and have eradicated dangerous species; co-opted and domesticated valuable ...Read More

            • Full Text HTML
            • Download PDF
            • Figures
            image

            Figure 1: Growth in scientific papers referencing human–wildlife conflict between 1995 and 2015 as measured by (red) citations that use the exact words human–wildlife conflict or human wildlife confli...

            image

            Figure 2: A model for conceptualizing different types of human–wildlife conflict. The x-axis represents a range of interactions or outcomes from negative (e.g., crop damage) to positive (e.g., income ...

            image

            Figure 3: Summary of selected common approaches used to mitigate human–wildlife conflict and promote human–wildlife coexistence organized by broad categories of intervention (8, 24, 26, 136, 146). The...


            Global Water Pollution and Human Health

            René P. Schwarzenbach, Thomas Egli, Thomas B. Hofstetter, Urs von Gunten, Bernhard Wehrli
            Vol. 35, 2010

            Abstract - FiguresPreview

            Abstract

            Water quality issues are a major challenge that humanity is facing in the twenty-first century. Here, we review the main groups of aquatic contaminants, their effects on human health, and approaches to mitigate pollution of freshwater resources. Emphasis ...Read More

            • Full Text HTML
            • Download PDF
            • Figures
            image

            Figure 1: Air-water (Kaw) versus octanol-water partitioning constants (Kow) of different organic water pollutants (BTEX stands for benzene, toluene, ethylbenzenes, and xylenes, i.e. fuel constituents)...

            image

            Figure 2: Estimated risks for arsenic contamination in drinking water based on hydrogeological conditions. Map modified after Reference 89.


            The Politics of Sustainability and Development

            Ian Scoones
            Vol. 41, 2016

            Abstract - FiguresPreview

            Abstract

            This review examines the relationships between politics, sustainability, and development. Following an overview of sustainability thinking across different traditions, the politics of resources and the influence of scarcity narratives on research, policy ...Read More

            • Full Text HTML
            • Download PDF
            • Figures
            image

            Figure 1: Transformations and politics for sustainability and development (drawing from References 92 and 192).


            Climate Change and Food Systems

            Sonja J. Vermeulen, Bruce M. Campbell, John S.I. Ingram
            Vol. 37, 2012

            Abstract - FiguresPreview

            Abstract

            Food systems contribute 19%–29% of global anthropogenic greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, releasing 9,800–16,900 megatonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (MtCO2e) in 2008. Agricultural production, including indirect emissions associated with land-cover ...Read More

            • Full Text HTML
            • Download PDF
            • Figures
            image

            Figure 1: Partitioning of production-based food chain greenhouse gas emissions, excluding land-use change, for China and United Kingdom. The estimated megatonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent for 2007 ...

            image

            Figure 2: Regional differences in the composition of emissions from direct and indirect emissions from agricultural production for the year 2005 in megatonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent. No indirect...

            image

            Figure 3: Regional differences in estimated direct greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from agricultural production (black) and indirect GHG emissions from agriculture-driven land-use change (gray) for the...

            image

            Figure 4: Examples of actions in food systems that achieve different synergies and trade-offs for adaptation, mitigation, and food security (near-term food availability). Actions must be situated in b...


            Municipal Solid Waste and the Environment: A Global Perspective

            Sintana E. Vergara and George Tchobanoglous
            Vol. 37, 2012

            Abstract - FiguresPreview

            Abstract

            Municipal solid waste (MSW) reflects the culture that produces it and affects the health of the people and the environment surrounding it. Globally, people are discarding growing quantities of waste, and its composition is more complex than ever before, ...Read More

            • Full Text HTML
            • Download PDF
            • Figures
            image

            Figure 1: Per capita waste generation rates versus Human Development Index for 20 selected cities. Data are from Reference 14. Abbreviation: kg/cap-d, kilogram per capita per day.

            image

            Figure 2: Waste composition for 20 selected cities (14).

            image

            Figure 3: Current (2010) solid waste generation per capita by regions of the world. The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) countries produce about 50% of the world's waste, ...

            image

            Figure 4: Flow of waste material through a waste management system. Abbreviation: RDF, refuse-derived fuel.

            image

            Figure 5: Municipal solid waste collection rates for selected global cities. Industrialized cities invest more money in solid waste and are able to achieve high collection rates. Less-industrialized c...


            See More
            • © Copyright 2021
            • Contact Us
            • Email Preferences
            • Annual Reviews Directory
            • Multimedia
            • Supplemental Materials
            • FAQs
            • Privacy Policy
            Back to Top

            PRIVACY NOTICE

            Accept

            This site requires the use of cookies to function. It also uses cookies for the purposes of performance measurement. Please see our Privacy Policy.